IBM ion M Pro Type 6868 Hardware Maintenance Manual

This Manual Supports:

300 Series, Type

Aptiva, Type

IntelliStation, Type

6268

217321782198

68686878

6288

6563656465656574

6338

6278

S00N-4019-02IBM Personal Computer

PC 300 SeriesIntelliStationAptiva (Type2173/2178/2198) Volume 2: HardwareMaintenanceManual June, 2000 We Want Your Comments!(Please see page 441)

S00N-4019-02IBM Personal Computer

PC 300 SeriesIntelliStationAptiva (Type2173/2178/2198) Volume 2: HardwareMaintenanceManual June, 2000 We Want Your Comments!(Please see page 441)

IBM

Note

Before using this information and the product itsupports, be sure to read the general informationunder “Notices” on page 450.

Third Edition (February 2000)

The following paragraph does not apply to the UnitedKingdom or any country where such provisions areinconsistent with local law: INTERNATIONALBUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THISPUBLICATION “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANYKIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUTNOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OFMERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULARPURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer ofexpress or implied warranties in certain transactions,therefore, this statement may not apply to you.

This publication could include technical inaccuracies ortypographical errors. Changes are periodically made tothe information herein; these changes will be incorporatedin new editions of the publication. IBM may makeimprovements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or theprogram(s) described in this publication at any time.

This publication was developed for products and servicesoffered in the United States of America. IBM may not offerthe products, services, or features discussed in thisdocument in other countries, and the information is subjectto change without notice. Consult your local IBMrepresentative for information on the products, services,and features available in your area.

Requests for technical information about IBM productsshould be made to your IBM reseller or IBM marketingrepresentative.

Copyright International Business MachinesCorporation 1999, 2000. All rights reserved.Note to U.S. Government users–Documentation related toRestricted rights–Use, duplication, or disclosure is subjectto restrictions set forth in GSA ADP Schedule Contractwith IBM Corp.

ii IBM PC 300/IntelliStation/Aptiva Vol 2 HMM

About this manualThis (Volume 2) manual contains service and referenceinformation for the IBM Personal Computer 300 Series, theIBM Profession Workstation IntelliStation, and the IBMAptiva (2173/2178/2198) Type computers listed in front ofthis manual.

For other type PC300/700, IntelliStation computers, refer tothe Personal Computer, Volume 1, Hardware MaintenanceManual, form number S83G-7789 and Volume 3, formnumber S09-8603.

This manual is divided into product service sections, bytype, and a related service section as follows:

The product service sections include procedures forisolating problems to a FRU, a Symptom-to-FRUIndex, additional service information, models listing,and an illustrated parts catalog.

The related service section includes safety noticesand safety information, and problem determinationtips.

Important

This manual is intended for trained servicers who arefamiliar with IBM Personal Computer products. Usethis manual along with advanced diagnostic tests totroubleshoot problems effectively.

Before servicing an IBM product, be sure to review the“Safety notices (multi-lingual translations)” onpage 410 and “Safety information” on page 434.

Important safety informationBe sure to read all caution and danger statements in thisbook before performing any of the instructions.

Leia todas as instruções de cuidado e perigo antes deexecutar qualquer operação.

iii

Prenez connaissance de toutes les consignes de typeAttention et Danger avant de procéder aux opérations décrites par les instructions.

Lesen Sie alle Sicherheitshinweise, bevor Sie eineAnweisung ausführen.

Accertarsi di leggere tutti gli avvisi di attenzione e dipericolo prima di effettuare qualsiasi operazione.

Lea atentamente todas las declaraciones de precaución ypeligro ante de llevar a cabo cualquier operación.

iv IBM PC 300/IntelliStation/Aptiva Vol 2 HMM

Related publicationsThe following publications are available for IBM products.For more information, contact IBM or an IBM AuthorizedDealer.

For Information About See Publication

PC300/700 and IntelliStationcomputers - Volume 1 HMM

IBM Personal ComputerHardware MaintenanceManual Volume 1(S83G-7789)

PC300 and IntelliStationcomputers - Volume 3 HMM

IBM Personal ComputerHardware MaintenanceManual Volume 3(S09N-8603)

PS/2 Computers IBM Personal System/2Hardware MaintenanceManual (S52G-9971)

PS/ValuePoint Computers IBM PS/ValuePointHardware MaintenanceService and Reference(S61G-1423)

Laptop, Notebook, Portable,and ThinkPad Computers(L40, CL57, N45, N51,P70/P75, ThinkPad 300,350, 500, 510, 710T,Expansion Unit, Dock I,Dock II)

IBM Mobile SystemsHardware MaintenanceManual Volume 1(S82G-1501)

ThinkPad Computers(ThinkPad 340, 355, 360,370, 700, 701, 720, 750,755)


ThinkPad Computers(ThinkPad 365, 560, 760, SelectaDock)


Monitors (Displays) (February 1993)

IBM PS/2 Display HMMVolume 1 (SA38-0053)

Monitors (December 1993)

IBM Color Monitor HMMVolume 2 (S71G-4197)

IBM Monitors (P/G Series) (June 1996)

IBM Monitor HMMVolume 3 (S52H-3679)

IBM 2248 Monitor (February 1996)

IBM Monitor HMMVolume 4 (S52H-3739)

Disk Array technologyoverview and using the IBMRAID Configuration Program

Configuring Your Disk Arraybooklet (S82G-1506)

Installation Planning forPersonal System/2computers

Personal System/2Installation Planning andBeyond (G41G-2927)

Installation Planning forAdvanced PersonalSystem/2 Servers

Advanced PS/2 ServersPlanning and SelectionGuide (GG24-3927)

v

vi IBM PC 300/IntelliStation/Aptiva Vol 2 HMM

Contents

About this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iiiImportant safety information . . . . . . . . . . iii

Related publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v

IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics error codes . . . 1

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 . . . 21General checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Diagnostics and test information . . . . . . . . . . 32Product description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Additional service information . . . . . . . . . . . 47Computer exploded view (Type 6268/6278/2173) . . 61Computer exploded view (Type 6288/6338) . . . . . 70System board layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Symptom-to-FRU index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Undetermined problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Model tables - Country/Region/Language . . . . . 103Parts (Type 6268/6278/2173) . . . . . . . . . . 114Parts (Type 6288/6338) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 121General checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Diagnostics and test information . . . . . . . . . 132Product description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Additional service information . . . . . . . . . . 146Computer exploded view (Type 6563/6593) . . . . 160Computer exploded view (Type

6564/6574/2178/2198) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167System board layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Symptom-to-FRU index . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Undetermined problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Model tables - Country/Region/Language . . . . . 202Parts (Type 6563, 6593) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219Parts (Type 6564/6574) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222Parts (Type 2178/2198) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

PC 300 - 6565/6566 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233General checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Diagnostics and test information . . . . . . . . . 244Product description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255Additional service information . . . . . . . . . . 257Computer exploded view (Type 6565/6566) . . . . 272System board layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Symptom-to-FRU index . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282Undetermined problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304Model tables - Country/Region/Language . . . . . 305Parts (Type 6565/6566) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

IntelliStation - 6868/6878 . . . . . . . . . . . . 319General checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322Diagnostics and test information . . . . . . . . . 330

Copyright IBM Corp. 1999, 2000 vii

Product description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341Additional service information . . . . . . . . . . 343Computer exploded view (Type 6868/6878) . . . . 360System board layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367Symptom-to-FRU index . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370Undetermined problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392Model tables - Country/Region/Language . . . . . 393Parts (Type 6868/6878) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403

Related Service Information . . . . . . . . . . 409Safety notices (multi-lingual translations) . . . . . 410Safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434Miscellaneous information . . . . . . . . . . . . 439Send us your comments! . . . . . . . . . . . . 441Do you need technical references? . . . . . . . . 442Problem determination tips . . . . . . . . . . . 443Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450

viii IBM PC 300/IntelliStation/Aptiva Vol 2 HMM

IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics errorcodes

Refer to the following Diagnostic Error Codes when usingthe IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics test. See “Diagnosticand test information” section for information about the IBMPC Enhanced Diagnostics program.

In the following index, “X” can represent any number.

Diagnostic Error Code FRU/Action

000-000-XXXBIOS Test Passed

1. No action

000-002-XXXBIOS Timeout

1. Flash the system 2. System board

000-024-XXXBIOS Addressing test failure


000-025-XXXBIOS Checksum Value error

1. Flash the system 2. Boot block 3. System board

000-026-XXXFLASH data error


000-027-XXXBIOS Configuration/Setuperror

1. Run Setup2. Flash the system

3. Boot block 4. System board

000-034-XXXBIOS Buffer Allocationfailure

1. Reboot the system2. Flash the system3. Run memory test

4. System board

000-035-XXXBIOS Reset Conditiondetected


000-036-XXXBIOS Register error


000-038-XXXBIOS Extension failure

1. Flash the system 2. Adapter card 3. System board

000-039-XXXBIOS DMI data error


000-195-XXXBIOS Test aborted by user

1. Information2. Re-start the test, if

need to

000-196-XXXBIOS test halt, errorthreshold exceeded

1. Depress F3 to reviewthe log file.

2. Re-start the test toreset the log file.

Copyright IBM Corp. 1999, 2000 1


000-197-XXXBIOS test warning

1. Make surecomponent that iscalled out is enabledand/or connected

2. Re-run test3. Component that is

called out in warningstatement

4. Component under test

000-198-XXXBIOS test aborted

1. If a component iscalled out, make sureit is enabled and/orconnected

2. Flash the system andre-test

3. Go to the“Undeterminedproblem” section.

000-199-XXXBIOS test failed, causeunknown

1. Go to “Undeterminedproblem” section.

2. Flash the system andre-test.

3. Replace componentunder function test.

000-250-XXXBIOS APM failure


000-270-XXXBIOS ACPI failure


001-000-XXXSystem Test Passed

1. No action

001-00X-XXXSystem Error

1. System board

001-01X-XXXSystem Error

1. System board

001-024-XXXSystem Addressing testfailure

1. System board

001-025-XXXSystem Checksum Valueerror


001-026-XXXSystem FLASH data error


001-027-XXXSystem Configuration/Setuperror


3. System board

001-032-XXXSystem Device Controllerfailure

1. System board

001-034-XXXSystem Device BufferAllocation failure


4. System board

2 IBM PC 300/IntelliStation/Aptiva Vol 2 HMM


001-035-XXXSystem Device Resetcondition detected

1. System board

001-036-XXXSystem Register error

1. System board

001-038-XXXSystem Extension failure

1. Adapter card 2. System board

001-039-XXXSystem DMI data structureerror


001-040-XXXSystem IRQ failure

1. Power-off/on systemand re-test

2. System board

001-041-XXXSystem DMA failure

1. Power-off/on systemand re-test

2. System board

001-195-XXXSystem Test aborted byuser


need to

001-196-XXXSystem test halt, errorthreshold exceeded



001-197-XXXSystem test warning





001-198-XXXSystem test aborted




001-199-XXXSystem test failed, causeunknown




001-250-XXXSystem ECC error

1. System board

001-254-XXX001-255-XXX001-256-XXX001-257-XXXSystem DMA error

1. System board

IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics error codes 3


001-260-XXX001-264-XXXSystem IRQ error

1. System board

001-268-XXXSystem IRQ1 failure

1. device on IRQ1 2. System board









001-273-XXXSystem IRQ6 (diskettedrive) failure

1. Diskette Cable 2. Diskette drive 3. System board















001-281-XXXSystem IRQ14 (hard diskdrive) failure

1. Hard disk drive Cable2. Hard disk drive

3. System board



001-286-XXX001-287-XXX001-288-XXXSystem Timer failure

1. System board

001-292-XXXSystem CMOS RAM error

1. Run Setup andre-test

2. System board

001-293-XXXSystem CMOS Battery

1. Battery 2. System board

001-298-XXXSystem RTC date/timeupdate failure


001-299-XXXSystem RTC periodicinterrupt failure

1. System board



001-300-XXXSystem RTC Alarm failure

1. System board

001-301-XXXSystem RTC Century byteerror


005-000-XXXVideo Test Passed

1. No action

005-00X-XXXVideo error

1. Video card, ifinstalled

2. System board

005-010-XXX005-011-XXX005-012-XXX005-013-XXXVideo Signal failure


2. System board

005-016-XXXVideo Simple Pattern testfailure

1. Video Ram2. Video card, if installed

3. System board

005-024-XXXVideo Addressing testfailure


2. System board

005-025-XXXVideo Checksum Valueerror


2. System board

005-027-XXXVideo Configuration/Setuperror

1. Run Setup2. Video drivers update3. Video card, if installed

4. System board

005-031-XXXVideo Device Cable failure

1. Video cable 2. Monitor3. Video card, if installed

4. System board

005-032-XXXVideo Device Controllerfailure


2. System board

005-036-XXXVideo Register error


2. System board

005-038-XXXSystem BIOS extensionfailure


2. System board

005-040-XXXVideo IRQ failure


2. System board

005-195-XXXVideo Test aborted by user


need to

005-196-XXXVideo test halt, errorthreshold exceeded





005-197-XXXVideo test warning





005-198-XXXVideo test aborted




005-199-XXXVideo test failed, causeunknown




005-2XX-XXX005-3XX-XXXVideo subsystem error


2. System board

006-000-XXXDiskette interface TestPassed

1. No action

006-0XX-XXXDiskette interface error

1. Diskette drive Cable 2. Diskette drive 3. System board

006-195-XXXDiskette interface Testaborted by user


need to

006-196-XXXDiskette interface test halt,error threshold exceeded



006-197-XXXDiskette interface testwarning







006-198-XXXDiskette interface testaborted




006-199-XXXDiskette interface test failed,cause unknown




006-25X-XXXDiskette interface Error

1. Diskette drive Cable 2. Diskette drive 3. System board

011-000-XXXSerial port Interface TestPassed

1. No action

011-001-XXXSerial port Presence

1. Remove externalserial device, ifpresent

2. Run setup, enable port 3. System board

011-002-XXX011-003-XXXSerial port Timeout/Parityerror

1. System board

011-013-XXX011-014-XXXSerial port ControlSignal/Loopback test failure

1. System board

011-015-XXXSerial port ExternalLoopback failure

1. Wrap plug 2. System board

011-027-XXXSerial portConfiguration/Setup error

1. Run Setup, enableport


011-03X-XXX011-04X-XXXSerial port failure

1. System board

011-195-XXXSerial port Test aborted byuser


need to

011-196-XXXSerial port test halt, errorthreshold exceeded





011-197-XXXSerial port test warning





011-198-XXXSerial port test aborted




011-199-XXXSerial port test failed, causeunknown




011-2XX-XXXSerial port signal failure

1. External serial device 2. System board

014-000-XXXParallel port Interface TestPassed

1. No action

014-001-XXXParallel port Presence

1. Remove externalparallel device, ifpresent

2. Run setup, enable port 3. System board

014-002-XXX014-003-XXXParallel port Timeout/Parityerror

1. System board

014-013-XXX014-014-XXXParallel port ControlSignal/Loopback test failure

1. System board

014-015-XXXParallel port ExternalLoopback failure

1. Wrap plug 2. System board

014-027-XXXParallel portConfiguration/Setup error

1. Run Setup, enableport


014-03X-XXX014-04X-XXXParallel port failure

1. System board

014-195-XXXParallel port Test aborted byuser


need to



014-196-XXXParallel port test halt, errorthreshold exceeded



014-197-XXXParallel port test warning





014-198-XXXParallel port test aborted




014-199-XXXParallel port test failed,cause unknown




014-2XX-XXX014-3XX-XXXParallel port failure

1. External paralleldevice

2. System board

015-000-XXXUSB port Interface TestPassed

1. No action

015-001-XXXUSB port Presence

1. Remove USBDevice(s) and re-test

2. System board

015-002-XXXUSB port Timeout


2. System board

015-015-XXXUSB port External Loopbackfailure


2. System board

015-027-XXXUSB portConfiguration/Setup error


015-032-XXXUSB port Device Controllerfailure

1. System board

015-034-XXXUSB port buffer allocationfailure


4. System board



015-035-XXXUSB port Reset conditiondetected


2. System board

015-036-XXXUSB port Register error

1. System board

015-040-XXXUSB port IRQ failure

1. Run setup and checkfor conflicts


015-195-XXXUSB port Test aborted byuser


need to

015-196-XXXUSB port test halt, errorthreshold exceeded



015-197-XXXUSB port test warning





015-198-XXXUSB port test aborted




015-199-XXXUSB port test failed, causeunknown




018-000-XXXPCI Card Test Passed

1. No action

018-0XX-XXXPCI Card Failure

1. PCI card2. Riser card, if installed

3. System board

018-195-XXXPCI Card Test aborted byuser


need to

018-196-XXXPCI Card test halt, errorthreshold exceeded





018-197-XXXPCI Card test warning





018-198-XXXPCI Card test aborted




018-199-XXXPCI Card test failed, causeunknown




018-250-XXXPCI Card Services error


3. System board

020-000-XXXPCI Interface Test Passed

1. No action

020-0XX-XXXPCI Interface error


3. System board

020-195-XXXPCI Test aborted by user


need to

020-196-XXXPCI test halt, error thresholdexceeded



020-197-XXXPCI test warning





020-198-XXXPCI test aborted






020-199-XXXPCI test failed, causeunknown




020-262-XXXPCI system error


3. System board

025-000-XXXIDE interface Test Passed

1. No action

025-00X-XXX025-01X-XXXIDE interface failure

1. IDE signal cable2. Check power supply

3. IDE device 4. System board

025-027-XXXIDE interfaceConfiguration/Setup error

1. IDE signal cable2. Flash the system


025-02X-XXX025-03X-XXX025-04X-XXXIDE Interface failure

1. IDE signal cable2. Check power supply


025-195-XXXIDE interface Test abortedby user


need to

025-196-XXXIDE interface test halt, errorthreshold exceeded



025-197-XXXIDE interface test warning





025-198-XXXIDE interface test aborted




025-199-XXXIDE interface test failed,cause unknown






030-000-XXXSCSI interface Test Passed

1. No action

030-00X-XXX030-01X-XXXSCSI interface failure

1. SCSI signal cable2. Check power supply

3. SCSI device4. SCSI adapter card, if

installed 5. System board

030-027-XXXSCSI interfaceConfiguration/Setup error

1. SCSI signal cable2. Flash the system



030-03X-XXX030-04X-XXXSCSI interface error

1. SCSI signal cable2. Check power supply



030-195-XXXSCSI interface Test abortedby user


need to

030-196-XXXSCSI interface test halt,error threshold exceeded



030-197-XXXSCSI interface test warning





030-198-XXXSCSI interface test aborted




030-199-XXXSCSI interface test failed,cause unknown




035-000-XXXRAID interface Test Passed

1. No action



035-0XX-XXXRAID interface Failure

1. RAID signal cable 2. RAID device3. RAID adapter card, if


035-195-XXXRAID interface Test abortedby user


need to

035-196-XXXRAID interface test halt,error threshold exceeded



035-197-XXXRAID interface test warning





035-198-XXXRAID interface test aborted




035-199-XXXRAID interface test failed,cause unknown




071-000-XXXAudio port Interface TestPassed

1. No action

071-00X-XXX071-01X-XXX071-02X-XXXAudio port error


3. System board

071-03X-XXXAudio port failure

1. Speakers 2. Microphone3. Audio card, if installed

4. System board


1. Run Setup2. Audio card, if installed

3. System board

071-195-XXXAudio port Test aborted byuser


need to



071-196-XXXAudio port test halt, errorthreshold exceeded



071-197-XXXAudio port test warning





071-198-XXXAudio port test aborted




071-199-XXXAudio port test failed, causeunknown





1. Speakers2. Audio card, if installed

3. System board

080-000-XXXGame Port interface TestPassed

1. No action

080-XXX-XXXGame Port interface Error

1. Remove the gameport device andre-test the system

080-195-XXXGame Port interface Testaborted by user


need to

080-196-XXXGame Port interface testhalt, error thresholdexceeded



080-197-XXXGame Port interface testwarning







080-198-XXXGame Port interface testaborted




080-199-XXXGame Port interface testfailed, cause unknown




086-000-XXXMouse Port interface TestPassed

1. No action

086-001-XXXMouse Port interfacePresence

1. Mouse 2. System board

086-032-XXXMouse Port interface Devicecontroller failure


086-035-XXXMouse Port interface Reset


086-040-XXXMouse Port interface IRQfailure

1. Run Setup 2. Mouse 3. System board

086-195-XXXMouse Port interface Testaborted by user


need to

086-196-XXXMouse Port interface testhalt, error thresholdexceeded



086-197-XXXMouse Port interface testwarning





086-198-XXXMouse Port interface testaborted






086-199-XXXMouse Port interface testfailed, cause unknown




089-000-XXXMicroprocessor Test Passed

1. No action

089-XXX-XXXMicroprocessor failure

1. Microprocessor(s) 2. System board

089-195-XXXMicroprocessor Test abortedby user


need to

089-196-XXXMicroprocessor test halt,error threshold exceeded



089-197-XXXMicroprocessor test warning





089-198-XXXMicroprocessor test aborted




089-199-XXXMicroprocessor test failed,cause unknown




170-000-XXXVoltage Sensor(s) TestPassed

1. No action

170-0XX-XXXVoltage Sensor(s) failure

1. Flash system 2. System board

170-195-XXXVoltage Sensor(s) Testaborted by user


need to

170-196-XXXVoltage Sensor(s) test halt,error threshold exceeded





170-197-XXXVoltage Sensor(s) testwarning





170-198-XXXVoltage Sensor(s) testaborted




170-199-XXXVoltage Sensor(s) testfailed, cause unknown




170-250-XXX170-251-XXXVoltage Sensor(s) Voltagelimit error

1. Power supply 2. System board

170-254-XXXVoltage Sensor(s) VoltageRegulator Module error

1. Voltage RegulatorModule (VRM)

2. Microprocessor 3. System board

175-000-XXXThermal Sensor(s) TestPassed

1. No action

175-0XX-XXXThermal Sensor(s) failure


175-195-XXXThermal Sensor(s) Testaborted by user


need to

175-196-XXXThermal Sensor(s) test halt,error threshold exceeded



175-197-XXXThermal Sensor(s) testwarning







175-198-XXXThermal Sensor(s) testaborted




175-199-XXXThermal Sensor(s) testfailed, cause unknown




175-250-XXX175-251-XXXThermal Sensor(s) limiterror

1. Check fans2. Check Power supply

3. Microprocessor 4. System board

185-000-XXXAsset Security Test Passed

1. No action

185-XXX-XXXAsset Security failure

1. Assure AssetSecurity Enabled


185-278-XXXAsset Security ChassisIntrusion

1. C2 Cover Switch 2. System board

201-000-XXXSystem Memory TestPassed

1. No action

201-XXX-XXXSystem Memory error

1. Replace the memorymodule called out bythe test

2. System board

202-000-XXXSystem Cache Test Passed

1. No action

202-XXX-XXXSystem Cache error

1. Cache, if removable 2. System board 3. Microprocessor

206-000-XXXDiskette Drive Test Passed

1. No action

206-XXX-XXXDiskette Drive error

1. Diskette Drive Cable2. Check power supply

voltages 3. Diskette drive 4. System board

215-000-XXXCD-ROM Drive Test Passed

1. No action

215-XXX-XXXCD-ROM Drive error

1. CD-ROM Drive Cable2. Check power supply

voltages 3. CD-ROM drive 4. System board



217-000-XXXHard Disk Drive TestPassed

1. No action

217-25X-XXX217-26X-XXXHard Disk Drive (IDE) error

1. Hard Disk DriveCable

2. Check power supplyvoltages

3. Hard Disk drive (IDE) 4. System board

217-28X-XXX217-29X-XXXHard Disk Drive (SCSI)error

1. Hard Disk DriveCable

2. Check power supplyvoltages

3. Hard Disk drive (SCSI)4. SCSI adapter card

5. System board

220-000-XXXHi-Capacity Cartridge DriveTest Passed

1. No action

220-XXX-XXXHi-Capacity Cartridge Driveerror

1. Remove theHi-Capacity CartridgeDrive and re-test thesystem

301-000-XXXKeyboard Test Passed

1. No action

301-XXX-XXXKeyboard error

1. Keyboard2. Check and test Mouse

3. System board

302-000-XXXMouse Test Passed

1. No action

302-XXX-XXXMouse error

1. Mouse2. Check and test

Keyboard 3. System board

303-000-XXXJoystick Test Passed

1. No action

303-XXX-XXXJoystick error

1. Remove the Joystickand re-test thesystem

305-000-XXXMonitor DDC Test Passed

1. No action

305-250-XXXMonitor DDC self test failure

1. Run Setup to enableDDC

2. Cable 3. Monitor 4. Video card 5. System board

415-000-XXXModem Test Passed

1. No action

415-XXX-XXXModem error

1. Remove the Modemand re-test thesystem


PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva- 2173

This section contains the general checkout procedures,additional service information, computer exploded view,Symptom-to-FRU indexes, undetermined problem, modeltables, and parts listings for the IBM PC 300, type6268/6278/6288/6338 and Aptiva, type 2173 computer.

Note

Service information is the same for types 6268, 6278,6288/6338, and 2173 computers, unless specificallyidentified as type 6288/6338 which is the desktopcomputer.

Note

This manual and the diagnostic tests are intended totest only IBM products. Non-IBM products of any kindincluding adapter cards, accelerator boards, options,or non-IBM devices, can give false errors and invalidcomputer responses. If you remove a non-IBM deviceand the symptom goes away, the problem is with thedevice you removed.

General checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Module test menu and hardware configuration

report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2920-pin main power supply connection . . . . . . 30Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Diagnostics and test information . . . . . . . . . . 32Power-on self-test (POST) . . . . . . . . . . . 32POST beep codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Error code format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . 34Starting the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Navigating through the diagnostic programs . . . 34Running diagnostic tests . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Test selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35IBM PC Enhanced Memory Diagnostics . . . . . 35Alert On LAN test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Asset ID test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Test results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Hard file Smart test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37IBM Fixed Disk Optimized Test . . . . . . . . . 37Quick and Full erase - hard drive . . . . . . . . 38Iomega Zip Drive Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Asset EEPROM backup . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Viewing the test log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39


SIMM/DIMM memory errors . . . . . . . . . 39Setup Utility program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Hard disk drive boot error . . . . . . . . . . . 41When to use the Low-Level Format program . . 42Preparing the hard disk drive for use . . . . . . 42

Product description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Specifications Type 6268/6278/2173 . . . . . . 45Specifications Type 6288/6338 . . . . . . . . . 46

Additional service information . . . . . . . . . . . 47Replacing a processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Replacing a system board . . . . . . . . . . . 48Security features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Power-on password . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Administrator password . . . . . . . . . . . 50Administrator password control . . . . . . . 50Operating system password . . . . . . . . . 50

Vital product data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Management Information Format (MIF) . . . . . 50Alert on LAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Hard disk drive jumper settings . . . . . . . . . 52

IDE hard disk drive settings . . . . . . . . . 52CD-ROM drive jumper settings . . . . . . . . . 53BIOS levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Flash (BIOS/VPD) update procedure . . . . . . 55Flash recovery boot block jumper . . . . . . . . 55Power management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Automatic configuration and power interface(ACPI) BIOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Advanced Power Management . . . . . . . 56Automatic Hardware Power Management

features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Setting Automatic Hardware Power

Management features . . . . . . . . . . . 57Automatic Power-On features . . . . . . . . 57

Network settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Flash over LAN (update POST/BIOS over network) 58Wake on LAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59System board memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Computer exploded view (Type 6268/6278/2173) . . 61Input/Output connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Front bezel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64EMC shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64CD-ROM drive removal . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Front panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66ZIP drive removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67Hard drive removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67HD/fan/speaker bracket removal . . . . . . . . 68Power supply removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Computer exploded view (Type 6288/6338) . . . . . 70Input/Output connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . 71Cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Front panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73


Front bezel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74EMC shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74Diskette/hard drive bracket . . . . . . . . . . . 74CD-ROM drive removal . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Power supply removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

System board layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77System board locations . . . . . . . . . . . . 78System board jumper settings . . . . . . . . . 79

Symptom-to-FRU index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Beep symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81No beep symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82POST error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84Miscellaneous error messages . . . . . . . . . 99

Undetermined problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Model tables - Country/Region/Language . . . . . 103

Type/Model configuration tables(6268/6278/6288/6338) . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Parts (Type 6268/6278/2173) . . . . . . . . . . 114Parts listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Parts (Type 6288/6338) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Parts listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 23

General checkoutThis general checkout procedure is for Type6268/6278/6288/6338/2173 computers.

Attention

The drives in the computer you are servicing mighthave been rearranged or the drive startup sequencechanged. Be extremely careful during write operationssuch as copying, saving, or formatting. Data orprograms can be overwritten if you select an incorrectdrive.

Diagnostic error messages appear when a test programfinds a problem with a hardware option. For the testprograms to properly determine if a test Passed, Failed, orAborted, the test programs check the error-return code attest completion. See “IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics” onpage 34.

General error messages appear if a problem or conflict isfound by an application program, the operating system, orboth. For an explanation of these messages, refer to theinformation supplied with that software package.

Notes

1. Before replacing any FRUs, ensure the latestlevel of BIOS is installed on the system. Adown-level BIOS might cause false errors andunnecessary replacement of the system board.For more information on how to determine andobtain the latest level BIOS, see “BIOS levels” onpage 54.

2. If multiple error codes are displayed, diagnosethe first error code displayed.

3. If the computer hangs with a POST error, go to“Symptom-to-FRU index” on page 80.

4. If the computer hangs and no error is displayed,go to “Undetermined problem” on page 102.

5. If an installed device is not recognized by thediagnostics program, that device might bedefective.

The power-on default is quick bring-up. To enableEnhanced bring-up, select the Start Options in theConfiguration/Setup Utility program (see “Setup Utilityprogram” on page 41) then, enable Power On Status.

001

– Power-off the computer and all external devices.– Check all cables and power cords.– Make sure the system board is seated properly.– Set all display controls to the middle position.(Step 001 continues)


001 (continued)– Insert the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics diskette into

drive A.– Power-on all external devices.– Power-on the computer.– Check for the following response:

1. Readable instructions or the Main Menu.

Note

Type 6268/6278/6288/6338/2173 computers defaultto come up quiet (No beep and no memory countand checkpoint code display) when no errors aredetected by POST.

To enable Beep and memory count and checkpointcode display when a successful POST occurs:

Enable Power on Status in setup. See “SetupUtility program” on page 41.

DID YOU RECEIVE THE CORRECT RESPONSE?Yes No

002

If the Power Management feature is enabled, do thefollowing:

1. Start the Configuration/Setup Utility program(see “Setup Utility program” on page 41)

2. Select Power Management from theConfiguration/Setup Utility program menu.

3. Select APM4. Be sure APM BIOS Mode is set to Disabled.

If it is not, press Left Arrow ( ) or Right Arrow( ) to change the setting.

5. Select Automatic Hardware PowerManagement.

6. Set Automatic Hardware Power Managementto Disabled.

– or –Go to the “IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics” onpage 34.

003

Run the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics test. If necessary,refer to “Diagnostics and test information” on page 32.

If you receive an error, replace the part that thediagnostic program calls out or go to “IBM PCEnhanced Diagnostics” on page 34.If the test stops and you cannot continue, replace thelast device tested.If the computer has incorrect keyboard responses, goto “Keyboard” on page 28.

(Step 003 continues)

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 25

(CONTINUED)

003 (continued)If the printer has incorrect responses, go to “Printer”on page 28.If the display has problems such as jittering, rolling,shifting, or being out of focus, go to “Display” onpage 31.


Module test menu and hardwareconfiguration reportDepending on the diagnostics version level you are using,the installed devices in the computer are verified in one oftwo ways:

1. At the start of the diagnostic tests, the Module TestMenu is displayed. Normally, all installed devices inthe computer are highlighted on the menu.

2. At the start of the diagnostic tests, the main menuappears. From this menu, select System Info thenselect Hardware Configuration from the next menu.Normally, all installed devices in the computer arehighlighted on this report.

If an installed device is not recognized by the diagnosticsprogram:

The diagnostic code for the device is not on thediagnostic diskette. Run the diagnostics providedwith that device.The missing device is defective or it requires anadditional diskette or service manual.An unrecognizable device is installed.A defective device is causing another device not to berecognized.The SCSI controller failed (on the system board orSCSI adapter).Use the procedure in “Undetermined problem” onpage 102 to find the problem.

If a device is missing from the list, replace it. If this doesnot correct the problem, use the procedure in“Undetermined problem” on page 102.

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 27

Keyboard Note

If a mouse or other pointing device is attached,remove it to see if the error symptom goes away. Ifthe symptom goes away, the mouse or pointing deviceis defective.

001

– Power-off the computer.– Disconnect the keyboard cable from the system unit.– Power-on the computer and check the keyboard cable

connector on the system unit for the voltages shown.All voltages are ± 5%.

Pin123456

Voltage (Vdc)+5 .0ReservedGround+5 .0+5 .0Reserved 1

6

2

34

5

ARE THE VOLTAGES CORRECT?Yes No

002

Replace the system board.

003

On keyboards with a detachable cable, replace the cable.If the problem remains or if the cable is permanentlyattached to the keyboard, replace the keyboard. If theproblem remains, replace the system board.

Printer1. Make sure the printer is properly connected and

powered on.2. Run the printer self-test.

If the printer self-test does not run correctly, the problem isin the printer. Refer to the printer service manual.

If the printer self-test runs correctly, install a wrap plug inthe parallel port and run the diagnostic tests to determinewhich FRU failed.

If the diagnostic tests (with the wrap plug installed) do notdetect a failure, replace the printer cable. If that does notcorrect the problem, replace the system board or adapterconnected to the printer cable.


Power supplyIf the power-on indicator is not on, the power-supply fan isnot running, or the computer will not power-off, do thefollowing.

Check/Verify FRU/Action

1. Verify that thevoltage-selector switchis set for the correctvoltage.

Correct thevoltage-selector switchsetting.

2. Check the following forproper installation. Power Cord On/Off Switch

connector On/Off Switch

Power Supplyconnector

System BoardPower Supplyconnectors

microprocessor(s)connection

Reseat

3. Check the power cordfor proper continuity.

Power Cord

4. Check the power-onswitch for continuity.

Power-on Switch

If the above are correct, check the following voltages.

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 29

20-pin main power supply connectionSee “System board layout” on page 77 for connectorlocation.

Attention

These voltages must be checked with the powersupply cables connected to the system board.

1 10

11 20

Pin Signal Function

1 3.3 V +3.3 V dc

2 3.3 V +3.3 V dc

3 COM Ground

4 5 V +5 V dc

5 COM Ground

6 5 V +5 V dc

7 COM Ground

8 POK Power Good

9 5VSB Standby Voltage

10 12 V +12 V dc

11 3.3 V +3.3 V dc

12 -12 V -12 V dc

13 COM Ground

14 PS-ON DC Remote Enable

15 COM Ground

16 COM Ground

17 COM Ground

18 not used not used

19 5 V +5 V dc

20 5 V +5 V dc

If the voltages are not correct, and the power cord is good,replace the power supply.


DisplayIf the screen is rolling, replace the display assembly. Ifthat does not correct the problem, replace the videoadapter (if installed) or replace the system board.

If the screen is not rolling, do the following to run thedisplay self-test:

1. Power-off the computer and display.2. Disconnect the display signal cable.3. Power-on the display.4. Turn the brightness and contrast controls clockwise to

their maximum setting.5. Check for the following conditions:

You should be able to vary the screen intensityby adjusting the contrast and brightness controls.The screen should be white or light gray, with ablack margin (test margin) on the screen.

Note

The location of the test margin varies with thetype of display. The test margin might be on thetop, bottom, or one or both sides.

If you do not see any test margin on the screen,replace the display. If there is a test margin on thescreen, replace the video adapter (if installed) orreplace the system board.

Note

During the first two or three seconds after thedisplay is powered on, the following might occurwhile the display synchronizes with the computer.

Unusual patterns or charactersStatic, crackling, or clicking soundsA “power-on hum” on larger displays

A noticeable odor might occur on new displays ordisplays recently removed from storage.

These sounds, display patterns, and odors arenormal; do not replace any parts.

If you are unable to correct the problem, go to“Undetermined problem” on page 102.

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 31

Diagnostics and test informationThe following tools are available to help identify andresolve hardware-related problems:

Power-on self-test (POST)POST Beep CodesError Code FormatIBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics

Power-on self-test (POST)Each time you power-on the system, it performs a series oftests that check the operation of the system and someoptions. This series of tests is called the power-onself-test, or POST. POST does the following:

Checks some basic system-board operationsChecks the memory operationStarts the video operationVerifies that the diskette drive is workingVerifies that the hard disk drive is working

If the POST finishes without detecting any problems, asingle beep sounds and the first screen of your operatingsystem or application program appears.

Note

Type 6268/6278/6288/6338/2173 computers default tocome up quiet (No beep and no memory count andcheckpoint code display) when no errors are detectedby POST.


1. Enable Power on Status in setup. See “SetupUtility program” on page 41.

If the POST detects a problem, an error message appearson your screen. A single problem can cause several errormessages to appear. When you correct the cause of thefirst error message, the other error messages probably willnot appear on the screen the next time you turn on thesystem.

POST beep codesThe Power On Self-Test generates a beeping sound toindicate successful completion of POST or to indicate thatthe tests detect an error.

One beep and the appearance of text on the displayindicates successful completion of the POST. More thanone beep indicates that the POST detects an error.


Note




Error code formatThis section provides an explanation of the encodednon-SCSI and SCSI POST error codes.

Error messages are displayed on the screen as three, four,five, eight, twelve, or thirteen digits. An “X” in an errormessage can be any number or letter. The shorter POSTerrors are highlighted in the Symptom-to-FRU Index.Some digits will represent different information for SCSIerrors versus non-SCSI errors.

The following figure shows which digits display the shorterPOST errors. The figure also defines additional SCSIinformation.

Notes

Non-IBM device error codes and documentationsupersede this list.

Duplicate SCSI ID settings will cause misleadingerror symptoms or messages.

RDDDPLSCB QEET Test state

Error code Extension Qualifier Bus ( =internal 1=external) Capacity of the device Slot number of the device LUN (usually ) PUN (SCSI ID #) Device Number

Reserved Digit (usually )

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 33

IBM PC Enhanced DiagnosticsThe IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics programs use a fullrange of diagnostic utilities to determine the operatingcondition of the computers hardware components. Theuser interface is WaterGate's PC-Doctor which serves asthe control program for running the IBM PC EnhancedMemory Diagnostics and the suite of diagnostic testsprovided by PC-Doctor.

The IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics are available on-lineand can be downloaded from:http://www.ibm.com/pc/us/

Select SupportSelect IBM IntelliStation SupportSelect Downloadable Files

Select Diagnostics

This diagnostic diskette includes:

A new user interface (WaterGate Software'sPC-Doctor)

– This interface serves as the control program forrunning both the IBM PC Enhanced MemoryDiagnostics and the suite of diagnostic testsprovided by PC-Doctor.

IBM PC Enhanced Memory Diagnostics– The memory diagnostic tests determine which

memory module (SIMM or DIMM) is defectiveand report the socket where the failing module islocated. The Memory diagnostics can run aquick and full test of the system. Diagnosticscan also be run on a single SIMM or DIMM.

Note

See “IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics”for the IBM PCEnhanced Diagnostics error codes.

Starting the IBM PC EnhancedDiagnostics ProgramTo start the program:

1. Shut down and power-off the system.2. Wait 10 seconds.3. Insert the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics Diskette into

diskette drive A.4. Power-on the system.

The initial diagnostics menu will be displayed.

Navigating through the diagnosticprogramsUse either the mouse or the keyboard to navigate throughthe Enhanced Diagnostics program.


Use the cursor movement keys to navigate within themenus.The Enter key is used to select a menu item.The Esc key is used to back up to the previousmenu.For online help select F1.

Running diagnostic testsThere are four ways to run the diagnostic tests:

1. Using the cursor movement keys, highlight RunNormal Test or Run Quick Test from theDiagnostics Menu and then press Enter.

This will automatically run a pre-defined group of testsfrom each test category. Run Normal Test runs amore extensive set of tests than does Run QuickTest and takes longer to execute.

2. Press F5 to automatically run all selected tests in allcategories. See “Test selection.”

3. From within a test category, press Ctrl-Enter toautomatically run only the selected tests in thatcategory. See “Test selection.”

4. Using the cursor movement keys, highlight a singletest within a test category and then press Enter. Thiswill run only that test.

Press Esc at any time to stop the testing process.

Test results, (N/A, PASSED, FAILED, ABORTED), aredisplayed in the field beside the test description and in thetest log. See “Viewing the test log” on page 39.

Test selectionTo select one or more tests:

1. Open the corresponding test category.2. Using the cursor movement keys, highlight the

desired test.3. Press Space bar.

A selected test is marked with a chevron, >>.Pressing the space bar again de-selects a test andremoves the chevron.

4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 above to select all desiredtests.

IBM PC Enhanced Memory DiagnosticsThe IBM PC Enhanced Memory Diagnostics provide thecapability to identify a particular memory module(SIMM/DIMM) which fails during testing. Use the SystemBoard Layout section to reference the memory sockets, orselect F1 twice to load the Online Manual and selectChapter 11 'SIMM/DIMM Locator'.

Follow the steps below to locate the IBM PC EnhancedMemory Diagnostics test options.

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 35

1. Select the DIAGNOSTICS option on the toolbar andpress Enter.

2. Highlight either the 'Memory Test-Full' or 'MemoryTest-Quick option and press Enter.

Memory Test-Full

The full memory test will take about 80 seconds perMB of memory and will detect marginal, intermittent,and solid (stuck) memory failures.

Memory Test-Quick

The quick memory test will take about 20 seconds perMB of memory and will detect solid (stuck) memoryfailures only.

Notes

Either level of memory testing can be performed on allmemory or a single SIMM/DIMM socket.

Only sockets containing a SIMM or DIMM can beselected for testing. Unpopulated sockets are notedby ........ besides the test description.

Alert On LAN testThe Alert On LAN test does the following:

Determines if Alert On LAN is supported on thesystem.Checks the revision ID register.Verifies the EEPROM checksum.Validates that a software alert can be sent.

Asset ID testThe Asset ID test does the following:

Determines if Asset ID is supported on the system.Verifies the EEPROM areas.Performs an antenna detection test.

Test resultsIBM PC Enhanced Diagnostic test results will produce thiserror code format:

Function Code: Represents the feature or functionwithin the PC.

Failure Type: Represents the type of errorencountered.

DeviceID: Contains the component's unit-id whichcorresponds to either a fixed disk drive,removable media drive, serial orparallel port, processor, specific DIMM,or a device on the PCI bus.

FunctionCode

FailureType

DeviceID Date ChkDigits Text


Date: Contains the date on which thediagnostic test was run. Date isretrieved from CMOS and displayedusing the YYYYMMDD format.

ChkDigits: Contains a 2-digit check-digit value toensure that:

Diagnostics were run on thespecified dateDiagnostics were run on thespecified IBM computerThe diagnostic error code isrecorded correctly

Text: Description of the error.

Note

See “IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics error codes” onpage 1 for error code listings.

Hard file Smart testUse the Hard File Smart Test when the systemmanagement tool has detected a hard file SMART alert.

The Smart test does the following:

Interrogates IDE devices for support of the SMARTinstruction set.Issues a ENABLE SMART command to make sureSMART functionality is active.Checks the SMART RETURN STATUS command todetermine if any thresholds have been exceeded.

If thresholds have been exceeded, an error message isshown, and the test fails. If no SMART is supported bythe drive, the test returns with N/A.

IBM Fixed Disk Optimized TestThe IBM Fixed Disk Optimized Test provide the capabilityto identify particular areas of a hard file which fails duringtesting. This test also provide a method of correctingcertain types of errors.

To select the Fixed Disk Optimized Test:

1. Select the diagnostic option on the toolbar and pressEnter.

2. Select the Fixed Disk Optimized Test3. Select Hard Drives - NORMAL TEST to run a

complete hard file test.4. Select Hard Drives - PRESENCE TEST to run a test

to check the drive controller and report any SMARTinformation that the drive has detected.

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 37

Quick and Full erase - hard driveThe IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics Program offers twohard drive format utilities:

Quick Erase Hard DriveFull Erase Hard Drive

The Quick Erase Hard Drive provides a DOS utility thatperforms the following:

Destroys the Master Boot Record (MBR) on the harddrive.Destroys all copy of the FAT Table on all partitions(both the master and backup).Destroys the partition table.Provides messages that warn the user that this is anon-recoverable process.

The Full Erase Hard Drive provides a DOS utility thatperforms the following:

Performs all the steps in Quick Erase.Provides a DOS utility that writes random data to allsectors of the hard drive.Provide an estimate of time to completion along witha visual representation of completion status.Provides messages that warn the user that this is anon-recoverable process.

Important

Make sure customer backs up all data before usingthe Quick or Full Erase function.

To select the Quick Erase or Full Erase Hard Drive utility:

1. Select the UTILITY option on the toolbar and pressenter.

2. Select either the QUICK ERASE or FULL ERASEHARD DISK option and then, follow the instructions.

Iomega Zip Drive TestUse the Iomega Zip Drive Test to test the zip drive and thedrive interface. The test takes about 20 seconds to run.

The default tests the following:

ControllerMax Seek (50 times)Random Seek (300 sectors)

Asset EEPROM backupWhen replacing a system board, this utility allows thebackup of all Asset information from the EEPROM todiskette. This utility also restores data to the EEPROMfrom diskette after replacement of the system board.

To run this utility:


Select UtilitySelect Asset EEPROM Backupfollow instructions on screen.

Viewing the test logErrors reported by the diagnostic test will be displayed bythe program as a failed test.

To view details of a failure or to view a list of test results,do the following from any test category screen:

Press F3 to activate the log FilePress F3 again to save the file to diskette or F2 toprint the file.

SIMM/DIMM memory errors: SIMM/DIMM errormessages issued by the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics:

Message Failure Found RecommendedActions

2xx-1y A memory errorwas detected inSIMM socket Y

Replace theSIMM in thesocket identifiedby the last digit ofthe error code.

Re-run the test.

If the same errorcode occursagain, replacethe systemboard.

2xx-2y A memory errorwas detected inDIMM socket Y

Replace theDIMM in thesocket identifiedby the last digit ofthe error code.

Re-run the test.

If the same errorcode occursagain, replacethe system boardor where memoryis on theprocessor card,replace theprocessor card.

Corrupt BIOS Information inBIOS is not asexpected.

Not able to findexpected DMIinformation fromBIOS.

Memory controllerchipset vendor IDdoes not matchexpected value.

Reflash theBIOS.

Perform bootblock recovery.

Replace thesystem board.

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 39


Test aborted byuser

User stoppedtest.

Restart test.

Note:

"Y" is the SIMM/DIMM socket number. Use the SystemBoard Layouts section in the latest PC 300/700, IntelliStationHardware Maintenance Manual, HMM, to reference thememory sockets.


Setup Utility program Attention

A customized setup configuration (other than defaultsettings) might exist on the computer you areservicing. Running the Setup Utility program mightalter those settings. Note the current configurationsettings and verify that the settings are in place whenservice is complete. To start the Setup Utilityprogram, see “Setup Utility program.”

The Setup Utility (configuration) program is stored in thepermanent memory of the computer. This programincludes settings for the following:

System Summary Product Data

Devices and I/O Ports Start Options

Date and Time System Security Advanced Setup

ISA Legacy Resources Power Management

To run the Setup Utility program, do the following:

1. Power-off the computer and wait for a few secondsuntil all in-use lights go off.

2. Power-on the computer.3. When the Setup Utility prompt appears on the screen

during start-up, press F1. The Setup Utility menuappears.

4. Follow the instructions on the screen.5. When finished, select System Summary to verify that

any configuration changes have been accepted.

Hard disk drive boot errorA hard disk drive boot error (error codes 1962 andI999030X) can be caused by the following:

Cause Actions

The start-up drive is not inthe boot sequence inconfiguration.

Check the configuration andensure the start-up drive isin the boot sequence.

No operating systeminstalled on the boot drive.

Install an operating systemon the boot drive.

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 41

Cause Actions

The boot sector on thestart-up drive is corrupted.

The drive must beformatted, do the following:

1. Attempt to access andrecover (back-up) thefailing hard disk drive.

2. Using the operatingsystems programs,format the hard diskdrive.

3. Go to “Preparing thehard disk drive for use”on page 42.

The drive is defective. Replace the hard disk drive.

When to use the Low-Level Formatprogram

Notes

1. The low-level format is not available on alldiagnostic diskettes.

2. Before formatting the hard disk drive, make aback-up copy of the files on the drive to beformatted.

Use the Low-Level Format program:

When you are installing software that requires alow-level formatWhen you get recurring messages from the testprograms directing you to run the Low-Level Formatprogram on the hard diskAs a last resort before replacing a hard disk drive

Preparing the hard disk drive for useWhen the Low-Level Format program is finished, restore tothe hard disk all the files that you previously backed up.

1. Partition the remainder of the hard disk for youroperating system. (The commands vary with theoperating system. Refer to your operating-systemmanual for instructions.)

2. Format the hard disk using your operating system.(The commands vary with the operating system.Refer to your operating-system manual forinstructions.)

3. Install the operating system.

You are now ready to restore the files.


Product descriptionThe PC 300 Type 6268/6278/6288/6338 computers areavailable in 4 x 4, (Four drive bays, four I/O adapter slots)as desktop and micro-tower models.

The IBM Aptiva Type 2173 computer is available in 4 x 4micro-tower models only.

Note

Service information is the same for types 6268, 6278,6288, 6338, and 2173 computers, unless specificallyidentified as type 6288/6338 which is the desktopcomputer.

Type 6268 and 6278 are the micro-towerType 6288/6338 is the desktopType 2173 is the micro-tower

Security

– Administrator password – Cover lock – Power-on password– Operating system password– U-bolt and cable (Optional for some models)

CMOS backup battery (lithium)

Common parts(Varies with each model, see “Type/Modelconfiguration tables (6268/6278/6288/6338)” onpage 104.)

– Diskette drive– Hard disk drive

– Keyboard – Power supply – Mouse

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 43

Specifications Information (ISO/ANSI)

The model specifications information on the followingpages was determined in controlled acousticalenvironments according to procedures specified by theAmerican National Standards Institute (ANSI) S12.10 andISO 7779, and are reported in accordance with ISO 9296.Actual sound pressure levels in your location might differfrom the average values stated because of roomreflections and other nearby noise sources. The declaredsound power levels indicate an upper limit, below which alarge proportion of machines will operate.


Specifications Type 6268/6278/2173

Feature Description

Size Depth: 383 mm (15.08 inches)Height: 378 mm (14.88 inches)Width: 192 mm (7.56 inches)

Weight Weight: 7.25 kg (16 lb)1

Environment Air temperature: - System on: 10° to 35°C

(50° to 95°F) - System off: 10° to 50°C

(50° to 122°F)Humidity: - System on: 8% to 80% - System off: 8% to 80%Maximum altitude: 3048 m (10,000 ft)

Heat Output Approximate heat output in BTUs perhour: - Minimum: 256 BTU (75 watts) - Maximum: 706 BTU (207 watts)2

Electrical Input Sine-wave input (50 to 60 Hz) required.Low range input voltage: - Minimum: 90 V ac - Maximum: 137 V acHigh range input voltage: - Minimum: 180 V ac - Maximum: 265 V acInput kVA (approximately): - Maximum (as shipped): 0.10 kVA

Airflow Approximately 0.56 cubicmeters/minute (20 CFM)

AcousticalNoise EmissionValues

Average sound pressure levels:At operator position: - 43 dB operating - 38 dB idleAt bystander position (1 meter): - 37 dB operating - 33 dB idleDeclared (upper limit) sound powerlevels: - 5.1 bels operating - 4.8 bels idle

1 Maximum configuration weight depends on options installed.Figures above are a system fully populated with options.

2 Maximum power and heat specifications are based on the145-watt maximum capacity of the system power supply.

3 For additional information, see the ISO Supplier's Declarationavailable from IBM.

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 45

Specifications Type 6288/6338

Feature Description

Size Depth: 422.8 mm (16.64 inches)Height: 138.8 mm (5.46 inches)Width: 400 mm (15.75 inches)

Weight Weight: 10.43 kg (23 lb)Fully configured4













Additional service informationThe following additional service information supports thePC 300 types 6268, 6278, 6288, 6338, and the Aptiva type2173 computer.

“Replacing a processor”“Replacing a system board” on page 48“Security features” on page 48“Passwords” on page 48“Vital product data” on page 50“Management Information Format (MIF)” on page 50“Alert on LAN” on page 51“Hard disk drive jumper settings” on page 52“CD-ROM drive jumper settings” on page 53“BIOS levels” on page 54“Flash (BIOS/VPD) update procedure” on page 55“Flash recovery boot block jumper” on page 55“Power management” on page 56“Network settings” on page 58“Flash over LAN (update POST/BIOS over network)”on page 58“Wake on LAN” on page 59“System board memory” on page 60

Replacing a processorFor Celeron processors, install the processor with thebeveled corner aligned with the beveled corner of theprocessor socket.

Important

Before removing the processor, remove allmemory first. Install the processor, heat sink andclip, then re-install the memory.If the processor is not installed correctly, thesystem board and the processor can bedamaged.

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 47

Replacing a system board Notes

1. The BIOS and Vital Product Data (VPD) for thecomputer you are servicing must be installed onthe new system board (FRU) after it is installed inthe computer. To do this, you must run theFlash Update program using the Flash Updatediskette. See “BIOS levels” on page 54 “Vitalproduct data” on page 50, and “Flash(BIOS/VPD) update procedure” on page 55.

2. Always ensure the latest level of BIOS is installedon the computer. A down level BIOS may causefalse errors and unnecessary replacement of thesystem board.

3. The processor is a separate FRU from thesystem board and is not included with the systemboard FRU. If you are instructed to replace thesystem board, do the following.

4. Remove the processor from the old system boardand install it on the new system board.

5. Remove any of the following installed options onthe old system board, and install them on thenew system board. Memory modules

6. Ensure that the new system board jumpersettings match the old system board jumpersettings.

7. If the new system board does not correct theproblem, reinstall the options on the old systemboard, reinstall the old system board, thenreplace the processor.

Security featuresSecurity features in this section include:

PasswordsVital Product DataManagement Information Format (MIF)Alert on LAN

PasswordsThe following provides information about computerhardware and software-related passwords:

Power-on Password Administrator Password

Operating System Password

Power-on and Administrator passwords are set in theSetup Utility program. See “Setup Utility program” onpage 41 for information about running the Setup Utility.


Power-on password: A power-on password deniesaccess to the computer by an unauthorized user when thecomputer is powered on. When a power-on password isactive, the password prompt appears on the screen eachtime the computer is powered on. The computer startsafter the proper password is entered.

Removing a power-on password

To service a computer with an active and unknownpower-on password, power-off the computer and do thefollowing:

Note

On some models, this procedure will also remove theadministrator password.

1. Unplug the power cord and remove the top cover.

2. Refer to “System board layout” on page 77 to find thepassword jumper.

3. Move the password jumper to connect the center pinand the pin on the opposite end of the connector.

4. Power-on the computer. The system senses thechange in the position and erases the password.

It is necessary to move the jumper back to theprevious position.

5. Remind the user to enter a new password whenservice is complete.

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 49

Administrator password: The administratorpassword is used to restrict access to theConfiguration/Setup Utility program. If the administratorpassword is activated, and you do not enter theadministrator password, the configuration can be viewedbut not changed.

Note

Type 6268, 6278, 6288/6338, 2173 has EnhancedSecurity Mode. If Enhanced Security mode is enabledand there is no password given, the computer will actas if Enhanced Security is disabled.

If Enhanced Security is Enabled and an administratorpassword is given, the administrator password mustbe entered to use the computer. If the administratorpassword is lost or forgotten, the system board in thecomputer must be replaced in order to regain accessto the Configuration/Setup Utility program.

Administrator password control TheAdministrator password is set in the Setup Configuration.Refer to “Setup Utility program” on page 41

Operating system password: An operatingsystem password is very similar to a power-on passwordand denies access to the computer by an unauthorizeduser when the password is activated. The computer isunusable until the password is entered and recognized bythe computer.

Vital product dataEach computer has a unique vital product data (VPD) codestored in the nonvolatile memory on the system board.After you replace the system board, the VPD must beupdated. To update the VPD, see “Flash (BIOS/VPD)update procedure” on page 55.

Management Information Format (MIF)Management Information Format (MIF) is a file used tomaintain a list of the system unit serial number along withall serialized components; for example: system board,riser card, memory, and processor.

At the time of computer manufacture, the EPROM will beloaded with the serial numbers of the system and all majorcomponents. The customer will have access to the MIFfile via the DMI MIF Browser that is installed with thepreload and is also available on the SSCD provided withthe system.

A company called Retain-a-Group is a central datawarehouse offering serial number data management.Retain-a-Group acts as a focal point to law enforcement.


The customer has the option to purchase serial numberinformation and services from Retain-a-Group. It is thecustomer's responsibility to maintain the MIF file and toinform Retain-a-Group of any changes to the file.

Some customers may request their servicers to assistthem in maintaining the MIF file when serializedcomponents are replaced during hardware service. Thisassistance is between the customer and the servicer. Theservicer can use the DMI MIF Browser to update the MIFinformation in the EPROM. It is anticipated that someservicers might charge for this service.

To update the EPROM using the DMI MIF Browser:

1. Click Start from the desktop, then Programs.2. Select IBM SystemView Agent.3. Select Serial Number Information icon.4. Click the plus sign to expand.5. Select the component you want to view or edit.6. Double click on the component you want to change.7. Enter new data in the Value field, then click Apply.

Alert on LANAlert on LAN provides notification of changes in thecomputer, even when the computer power is turned off.Working with DMI and Wake on LAN technologies, Alert onLAN helps to manage and monitor the hardware andsoftware features of the computer. Alert on LAN generatesnotifications to the server of these occurrences:

Computer disconnected from the networkComputer unplugged from the power outletAll POST errorsOperating system or POST hang condition

Alert on LAN events are configured to be Enabled orDisabled from the LAN server only, and not from thecomputer. See the LAN administrator for configurationstatus information.

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 51

Hard disk drive jumper settingsIDE hard disk drives for the PC 300 series and the Aptiva2173 computers use jumpers to set the drives as primary(master) or secondary (slave).

Attention

For drives not shown below, refer to the label on thehard disk drive for the hard disk drive settings.

IDE hard disk drive settings

1 Primary (Master) Hard Disk Drive

2 Secondary (Slave) Hard Disk Drive

IDE Drives


CD-ROM drive jumper settingsCD-ROM and PC/CD-ROM drives use jumpers or tabs toset the drives as primary (master) or secondary (slave).Refer to the drive connector labels or the figures below forthe drive settings.

AUDIO IDE INTERFACE

See Jumper

Settings Below

DC INPUT

R G G L 5V G G 12V39

40

1

2

CD-ROM, PD/CD-ROMType

Primary(Master)

Secondary(Slave)

2X CD-ROM FRU 06H5906

: : : : : : : :


: : : : : : : :

6X CD-ROM : : : :

8X CD-ROM : : : :

6X PD/CD-ROM : : : :

16X Max CD-ROM : : : :





PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 53

BIOS levelsAn incorrect level of BIOS can cause false error andunnecessary FRU replacement. Use the followinginformation to determine the current level of BIOS installedin the computer, the latest BIOS available for thecomputer, and where to obtain the latest level of BIOS.

Current Level BIOS information.– Run the Configuration Utility to determine the

level of BIOS installed.Sources for determining the latest level BIOSavailable.1. IBM PC Company Home Page

http://www.ibm.com/pc/us/2. PC PartnerInfo-Technical Database

(CTSTIPS.NSF) 3. HelpCenter4. Levels 1 and 2 Support

5. RETAINSources for obtaining the latest level BIOS available.1. IBM PC Company Home Page



To update (flash) the BIOS, see “Flash (BIOS/VPD) updateprocedure” on page 55.


Flash (BIOS/VPD) update procedure Attention

Refer to the information label located inside thesystem unit cover for any model-specific information.

1. Power-off the computer.2. Insert the flash update diskette into drive A.3. Power-on the computer.4. When the Update Utility appears; select your

country/keyboard, then press Enter.5. If the computer serial number was previously

recorded, the number is displayed with an option toupdate it. Press Y to update the serial number.

6. Type the 7-digit serial number of the computer youare servicing; then, press Enter.

7. Follow the instructions on the screen to complete theflash (BIOS/VPD) update procedure.

Flash recovery boot block jumper Attention

If an interruption occurs during a Flash/BIOS upgrade,the BIOS might be left in an unusable state. The BootBlock jumper or switch enables you to restart thesystem and recover the BIOS.

To perform a Flash/BIOS recovery using the Boot Blockjumper:

1. Power-off the computer and remove the cover.2. Move the system board Boot Block jumper or switch

to the recover position. Refer to “System boardlayout” on page 77 or the information label inside thecomputer for more information.

3. Insert the upgrade diskette into the diskette drive.4. Power-on the computer. The IBM Logo will appear.5. When the Flash Update Utility appears; select your





9. When you are instructed to reboot the computer,power-off the computer and move the Boot Blockjumper or switch to the normal position. Then,replace the cover and power-on the computer.

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 55

Power managementPower management reduces the power consumption ofcertain components of the computer such as the systempower supply, processor, hard disk drives, and somemonitors. Advanced Power Management and RapidResume Manager are features of some personalcomputers.

Automatic configuration and powerinterface (ACPI) BIOS: Being an ACPI BIOSsystem, the operating system is allowed to control thepower management features of the computer and thesetting for Advanced Power Management (APM) BIOSmode are ignored. Not all operating systems support ACPIBIOS mode.

Advanced Power Management: Energy-savingsettings can be viewed and changed by using theAdvanced Power Management menu in theConfiguration/Setup Utility program.

Attention

If a device, such as a monitor, does not havepower-management capabilities, it can be damagedwhen exposed to a reduced-power state. Beforemaking energy-saving selections for the monitor,check the documentation supplied with the monitor tosee if it supports Display Power ManagementSignaling (DPMS).

Automatic Hardware Power Managementfeatures: Automatic Hardware Power Managementcan reduce the power states of the computer, processor,and monitor (if monitor supports DPMS) if they are inactivefor a predetermined length of time.

There are three levels of specified time that the computermust be inactive before the power management optionsthat are selected take effect. Select the amount of timethat is offered within each level.

Level 1 Set time from 5 minutes to 4 hours.



At each level, you can define the amount of energysavings by specifying values for the following options:

System Power:– Select On for the computer to remain on.– Select Off for the computer to shut down.

Processor Speed:


Set the microprocessor to be disabled, or to run at 1,10, 25, or 50 percent of its internal clock speed.

Display:

Set display to be disabled or to be reduced at thesepower states:

– Standby: Screen is blank, but can be restoredimmediately when any activity is detected.

– Suspend: Monitor uses less power than inStandby mode. Screen image is restored after afew seconds when any activity is detected.

– Off: Monitor power is off. Press Monitor powerbutton to restore power. On some monitors, youmight have to depress the power button twice.

Setting Automatic Hardware PowerManagement features1. Start the Configuration/Setup Utility program (see

“Setup Utility program” on page 41).

2. Select Advanced Power Management from theConfiguration/Setup Utility program menu.

3. Be sure APM BIOS Mode is set to Enabled. If it isnot, press Left Arrow ( ) or Right Arrow ( ) tochange the setting.

4. Select Automatic Hardware Power Management.

5. Set Automatic Hardware Power Management toEnabled.

6. Select values for the three levels of powermanagement (system power, processor speed, anddisplay), as necessary.

7. Set Hard Disk to Enabled or Disabled.

Note: This does not apply to SCSI drives.

8. Press Esc twice to return to the Configuration/SetupUtility program menu.

9. Before you exit from the program, select SaveSettings from the Configuration/Setup Utility programmenu.

10. To exit from the Configuration/Setup Utility program,press Esc and follow the instructions on the screen.

Automatic Power-On features: The AutomaticPower-On features within the Advanced PowerManagement menu allow you to enable and disablefeatures that turn the computer on automatically.

Serial Port Ring Detect: With this feature set toEnabled and an external modem connected to serialport (COM1), the computer will turn on automaticallywhen a ring is detected on the modem.

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 57

Modem Ring Detect: With this feature set toEnabled, the computer will turn on automaticallywhen a ring is detected on the internal modem.

Wake Up on Alarm: You can specify a date andtime at which the computer will be turned onautomatically. This can be either a single event or adaily event.

Wake on LAN: If the computer has a properlyconfigured token-ring or Ethernet LAN adapter cardthat is Wake on LAN-enabled and there is remotenetwork management software, you can use theIBM-developed Wake on LAN feature. When you setWake on LAN to Enabled, the computer will turn onwhen it receives a specific signal from anothercomputer on the local area network (LAN). Forfurther information, see “Wake on LAN” on page 59.

Network settingsThis section applies only to computers linked to a network.

The Configuration/Setup Utility program includes settingsthat can be enabled and disabled to configure the networkinterface in the computer. These settings are:

Flash over LAN (Update POST/BIOS over Network)Wake on LAN

Flash over LAN (update POST/BIOSover network)Note: For local Flash (BIOS/VPD) update, see “Flash(BIOS/VPD) update procedure” on page 55.

This setting is used to enable or disable the Flash overLAN feature. When the feature is enabled, the systemprograms, in the computer, can be updated remotely froma network server. If the administrator password is set inthe computer, it does not have to be entered by the server.

To access the Flash over LAN setting:

1. Start the Configuration/Setup Utility program. See“Setup Utility program” on page 41.

2. Select System Security.

3. Select POST/BIOS Update from theConfiguration/Setup Utility program menu.

4. To enable Flash over LAN, select Enabled. Todisable Flash over LAN, select Disabled.





Wake on LANThis setting is used to enable or disable theIBM-developed Wake on LAN feature. This feature makesit possible for the computer to be turned on remotely by anetwork server. Remote network management softwaremust be used in conjunction with this feature.

To access the Wake on LAN setting:


2. Select Advanced Power Management.

3. Select Automatic Power On from the program menu.

4. Select Wake on LAN from the Automatic Power Onmenu.

5. To enable Wake on LAN, select Enabled. To disableWake on LAN, select Disabled.

6. Press Esc until you return to the Configuration/SetupUtility program menu.



PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 59

System board memoryThe following matrix cross-references the name of thecomputer (printed on the logo) and the size, speed, andtype of memory modules supported in the computer.

Supported memory configuration

DIMM sizes of 32 MB, 64 MB, 128 MB, and 256 MB areacceptable. Start filling DIMM socket 0, then 1. Use 3.3 Vunbuffered 100 MHz. SDRAM Non-Registered DIMMsonly.

ComputerName

Memory Module

Size Speed Type

PC 300Type6268/6278/6288/6338/ AptivaType 2173

32 MB 64 MB128 MB256 MB 512 MBMaximum

100 MHz SDRAMNon-Parity IndustryStandard


Computer exploded view (Type6268/6278/2173)

I/O connectors and removal procedures for the cover, frontbezel, EMC shield, CD-ROM drive, front panel, ZIP drive,hard drive, HD/fan/speaker bracket, and power supply areon the following pages.

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 61

Input/Output connectors

11

22


Cover removal

To remove top cover:

1. Remove the three cover thumb screws.

2. Slide cover toward the rear of the chassis about1-Inch (2 cm) to clear the front panel.

3. Lift cover straight up.

To install top cover:

1. Slide cover down onto the chassis about 1-inch (2cm) from the front flange.

2. Make sure bottom cover slots are engaged on thechassis.

3. Slide cover forward to engage the front cover slotsonto the chassis flange.

4. Install the three cover thumb screws.

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 63

Front bezel

EMC shield


CD-ROM drive removal

To remove the CD-ROM drive:

1. Remove the top cover.

2. Disconnect the cables from the CD-ROM drive

3. Remove two screws securing the CD-ROM drive.

4. Pull the CD-ROM drive out of the chassis.

Note

When connecting the CD-ROM Audio Cable, makesure the cable is routed along the system board nearthe PCI adapter slots. Continue routing the cablealong the system board between the power connectorand primary IDE connector and then up to theCD-ROM drive. Do not route the CD-ROM cable nearthe system board I/O connectors.

Note

When connecting the EIDE DASD Cable, connect the:

Blue connector of cable to the system boardBlack connector to the master deviceGray connector to the slave device

Route the signal cables next to the hard drive andtoward the bottom of the diskette drive housing.

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 65

Front panel

Top LatchesBottom Latches

To remove the front panel:


2. Remove the top blank bezel and EMC shield or theCD-ROM drive.

Note

Depending on which one is installed, the blankbezel and EMC shield or the CD-ROM drive mustbe removed in order to remove the front panel.

3. Reach inside the chassis and pull apart the twobottom latches inside the front panel while pulling thepanel out. The two bottom latches will unlatch fromthe chassis.

4. Next, pull apart the top two latches from inside thepanel while pulling the panel out.

5. To remove the front panel, pivot the bottom of thepanel out and down at the same time.


ZIP drive removal

Hard drive removal

Tabs

Hard Drive

Bracket

To remove the hard drive:

1. Press in on both rail tabs and lift the hard drive upthen pull it back and out from the bracket.

2. Remove the signal and power cables from top of thehard drive.

3. When replacing the hard drive, remove the drive railsfrom the old drive and install them on the new drive.

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 67

HD/fan/speaker bracket removal

To remove the bracket:

1. Remove the hard drive so it will not be damaged fromvibration. The hard drive can be removed from thebracket by depressing the hard drive rail tabs, liftingthe hard drive up then pulling it back and away fromthe bracket. See “Hard drive removal” on page 67.

2. Disconnect the speaker and fan cables from thesystem board.

3. Remove the two bracket screws at bottom of chassis.4. Lift the bracket up then pull the bracket out from front

of chassis.


Power supply removal Notes

1. Remove the power supply bracket from the oldpower supply and install it on the new powersupply.

2. Make sure the power supply voltage switch is setto the proper operating voltage; 115V or 230V.

To remove the power supply:

1. Remove the top cover2. Remove the thumb screw from the rear of the power

supply3. Push in on the tab then, push up on the power supply

bracket and swing it out to disengage the bracketfrom the chassis.

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 69

Computer exploded view (Type6288/6338)

I/O connectors and removal procedures for the cover, frontpanel, front bezel, diskette/hard drive bracket, CD-ROMdrive, and power supply are on the following pages.



USB 1

Parallel

Microphone

Headphone/Line Out

Line InKeyboard

Mouse

Serial 1

Serial 2

USB 2

11

22

DVIMonitor

SVGAMonitor

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 71

Cover removal




3. Lift cover up.


1. Slide cover down onto the chassis about 1-inch (2cm) from the front panel.


3. Slide cover forward to engage the front cover slotsonto the chassis.



Front panel



2. Release the three top latches while gently pulling thetop of the panel outward.

3. Keeping the panel at the same angle, gently pull thepanel out from the bottom of the chassis.

To install the front panel:

1. At the same angle that the panel was when removed,install the bottom tabs of the panel in the chassis.Push up on the left and right bottom tabs, ifnecessary, to get the tabs in the holes of the chassis.

2. Push the top of the panel toward the chassis until thethree top latches lock in place.

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 73

Front bezelTo remove the front blank bezel:


2. Remove the front panel.

3. Unlatch the tabs of the bezel and remove it from thepanel.

EMC shield

Diskette/hard drive bracket

To remove the diskette/hard drive bracket:


2. Remove the diskette and hard drives or disconnecttheir cables.

3. Remove the two top screws securing the bracket.

4. Slide bracket toward the back of the chassis tounlatch it from the chassis.

5. Lift the bracket out of the chassis.





2. Remove the cables from the CD-ROM drive.



Note


PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 75

Power supply removal Note




2. Remove the air duct.

3. Disconnect the power supply connectors.

4. Remove the four screws securing the power supply tothe chassis.

5. Move power supply inward, then lift out of thechassis.


System board layout

321

31

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 77

System board locations

1 Fan 3 connector 2 Processor socket3 DIMM socket 04 DIMM socket 1

5 Reserved connector(Must be jumpered if present)

6 Alert on LAN7 Power Switch/LED connector8 Secondary IDE connector9 Diskette Drive connector1 Primary IDE connector11 Power connector12 Battery13 Fan 114 Wake on LAN connector15 CMOS Clear jumper16 PCI 4 slot17 PCI 3 slot18 PCI 2 slot19 PCI 1 slot2 Internal Speaker connector21 CD Audio connector22 Telephony connector23 Microphone connector24 Serial 2 connector (COM B)25 Line In connector26 Line Out connector27 Serial 1 connector (COM A)28 Parallel connector29 Display connector3 USB connectors31 Mouse/Keyboard connectors


System board jumper settingsThe following table contains the jumper setting information.(D) indicates the default setting.

CMOS Reset/Flash Boot Block Recovery

Use this jumper setting to Clear CMOS or to Flash BootBlock Recover.

Processor Speed Settings

Processor speed for the PC 300 type 6268, 6278,6288/6338, and Aptiva type 2173 computers are fixed andare determined by the processor. There are no settingsrequired.

Diskette Write Access

Diskette Write Enable and Write Protect options arechanged in the Setup Configuration. See “Setup Utilityprogram” on page 41.

Jumper Setting Description

CMOS Reset 2-3

1-2 (D)

CMOS Reset/Flash Recovery

ModeNormal Mode

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 79

Symptom-to-FRU indexThe Symptom-to-FRU index lists error symptoms andpossible causes. The most likely cause is listed first.Always begin with “General checkout” on page 24. See“IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics error codes” on page 1when running diagnostics. This index can also be used tohelp you decide which FRUs to have available whenservicing a computer. If you are unable to correct theproblem using this index, go to “Undetermined problem” onpage 102.

Notes

If you have both an error message and anincorrect audio response, diagnose the errormessage first.If you cannot run the diagnostic tests or you geta diagnostic error code when running a test, butdid receive a POST error message, diagnose thePOST error message first.If you did not receive any error message, look fora description of your error symptoms in the firstpart of this index.Check all power supply voltages before youreplace the system board. (See “Power supply”on page 29.)Check the hard disk drive jumper settings beforeyou replace a hard disk drive. (See “Hard diskdrive jumper settings” on page 52.)

Important

1. Some errors are indicated with a series of beepcodes. (See “Beep symptoms” on page 81.)

Type 6268/6278/6288/6338/2173 computersdefault to come up quiet (No beep and nomemory count and checkpoint code display)when no errors are detected by POST. Toenable Beep and memory count and checkpointcode display when a successful POST occurs:

Enable Power on Status in setup. See“Setup Utility program” on page 41.

2. The processor is a separate FRU from thesystem board; the processor is not included withthe system board FRU.


Beep symptomsBeep symptoms are short tones or a series of short tonesseparated by pauses (intervals without sound). See thefollowing examples.

Beeps Description

1-2-X One BeepA pause (or break)

Two beepsA pause (or break)Any number of beeps

4 Four continuous beeps

Beep Symptom FRU/Action

1-1-3CMOS read/write error

1. Run Setup 2. System Board

1-1-4ROM BIOS check error

1. System Board

1-2-XDMA error

1. System Board

1-3-X 1. Memory Module 2. System Board

1-4-4 1. Keyboard 2. System Board

1-4-XError detected in first 64 KBof RAM.

1. Memory Module 2. System Board

2-1-1, 2-1-2 1. Run Setup

2. System Board

2-1-XFirst 64 KB of RAM failed.


2-2-2 1. Video Adapter (if installed)

2. System Board




2-4-X 1. Run Setup 2. Memory Module 3. System Board

3-1-XDMA register failed.

1. System Board

3-2-4Keyboard controller failed.

1. System Board 2. Keyboard

3-3-4Screen initialization failed.

1. Video Adapter (if installed)

2. System Board 3. Display

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 81


3-4-1Screen retrace test detectedan error.



3-4-2POST is searching for videoROM.


2. System Board

4 1. Video Adapter (if installed)

2. System Board

All other beep codesequences.

1. System Board

One long and one shortbeep during POST.Base 640 KB memory erroror shadow RAM error.


One long beep and two orthree short beeps duringPOST.(Video error)


2. System Board

Three short beeps duringPOST.

1. See “System boardmemory” on page 60.

2. System Board

Continuous beep. 1. System Board

Repeating short beeps. 1. Keyboard stuck key? 2. Keyboard Cable 3. System Board

No beep symptoms Note




Symptom/Error FRU/Action

No beep during POST butcomputer works correctly.

1. System Board



No beep during POST. 1. See “Undeterminedproblem” onpage 102.

2. System Board 3. Memory Module4. Any Adapter or Device

5. Riser Card 6. Power Cord 7. Power Supply

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 83

POST error codesIn the following index, “X” can represent any number.

POST Error Code FRU/Action

000SCSI Adapter not enabled.

1. Verify adapter deviceand Bus Master fieldsare enabled in PCIconfigurationprogram. Seedocumentationshipped withcomputer.

02X 1. SCSI Adapter

08XCheck SCSI terminatorinstallation.

1. SCSI Cable 2. SCSI Terminator 3. SCSI Device 4. SCSI Adapter

101System board interruptfailure.

1. System Board

102System board timer error.

1. System Board

106 1. System Board

110System board memoryparity error.


111I/O channel parity error.

1. Reseat adapters 2. Any Adapter 3. System Board

114Adapter ROM error.

1. Adapter Memory 2. System Board

129Internal cache test error.

1. Processor2. L2 Cache Memory

3. System Board

151Real-time clock failure.

1. System Board

161Bad CMOS battery.

1. Run Setup2. CMOS Backup Battery

(See page “Safetyinformation” onpage 434.)

3. System Board



162Configuration mismatch.

1. Run Setup and verifyConfiguration

2. Had a device beenadded, removed,changed location? Ifnot, suspect thatdevice.

3. Power-on externaldevices first, thenpower-on computer.

4. CMOS Backup Battery(See page “Safetyinformation” onpage 434.)

5. System Board

162And unable to rundiagnostics.

1. Diskette Drive 2. System Board3. Diskette Drive Cable

163Clock not updating or invalidtime set.

1. Time and Date Set?2. CMOS Backup Battery


3. System Board

164POST detected a basememory or extendedmemory size mismatcherror.

1. Run Setup. CheckSystem Summarymenu for memorysize change. (See“Setup Utilityprogram” onpage 41.)

2. Run the ExtendedMemory Diagnostictests.

166Boot Block Check SumError

1. Run Flash Recoveryusing Boot Block.See “Flash recoveryboot block jumper”on page 55

2. System Board

167Microprocessor installedthat is not supportedby the current POST/BIOS.

1. Run Setup. CheckStepping level for theBIOS level needed,then perform theflash update.

2. Processor

168Alert on LAN error

1. Run Setup. Check tosee that Ethernet andAlert on LAN areenabled.

2. System Board

17X, 18X 1. C2 Security

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 85


175 1. Run Configuration(See “Setup Utilityprogram” onpage 41.)

2. System Board

176 1. Covers were removedfrom the computer.

177Corrupted AdministratorPassword.

1. System Board

178 1. System Board

183 1. Enter theadministratorpassword

184Password removed due tocheck-sum error.

1. Enter new password

185Corrupted boot sequence.

1. Set configuration andreinstall the bootsequence.

186 1. System Board

187 1. Clear Administrationpassword

2. System Board

189 1. More than threepassword attemptswere made to accessthe computer.

190Chassis intrusion detectorwas cleared.This is information only, noaction required.If this code does not clear:

1. System Board

1XXNot listed above.

1. System Board

201, 20XMemory data error.

1. Run Enhanced Diag.Memory Test


225 1. Unsupported Memory

229External cache test error.

1. L2 Cache Memory 2. System Board



262POST detected a basememory or extendedmemory type error.

1. Run Setup. CheckSystem Summarymenu for memorytype change. (See“Setup Utilityprogram” onpage 41.)


301 1. Keyboard 2. Keyboard Cable 3. System Board

303With an 8603 error.

1. Mouse 2. Keyboard 3. Keyboard Cable 4. System Board

303With no 8603 error.

1. Keyboard 2. Keyboard Cable 3. System Board



5XX 1. Video Adapter (if installed)

2. System Board

601 1. Diskette Drive A2. Diskette Drive Cable

3. System Board

602 1. Bad Diskette ?2. Verify Diskette and

retry.

604And able to run diagnostics.

1. Run Setup and verifydiskette configurationsettings

2. Diskette Drive A/B3. Diskette Drive Cable

4. System Board

605POST cannot unlock thediskette drive.

1. Diskette Drive2. Diskette Drive Cable

3. System Board

662 1. Diskette driveconfiguration error orwrong diskette drivetype, run SetupConfiguration.


1. Diskette Drive 2. System Board3. External Drive Adapter4. Diskette Drive Cable

5. Power Supply

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 87


762Math coprocessorconfiguration error.

1. Run Setup 2. Processor 3. System Board

7XX Not listed above.

1. Processor 2. System Board

962 Parallel port configurationerror.

1. Run Configuration 2. Parallel Adapter

(if installed) 3. System Board

9XX 1. Printer 2. System Board

1047 1. 16-Bit AT Fast SCSIAdapter


1. Check SCSIterminatorinstallation.


1101Serial connector error,possible system boardfailure.

1. Run EnhancedDiagnostics

1101, 1102, 1106,1108, 1109

1. System Board2. Any Serial Device

1107 1. Communications Cable

2. System Board

1102Card selected feedbackerror.


1103Port fails register check.


2. System Board

1106Serial option cannotbe turned off.


2. System Board

1107 1. Serial Device Cable 2. System Board

1110Register test failed.


2. System Board

1116Interrupt error.


1117Failed baud rate test.


1162 Serial port configurationerror.

1. Run Configuration 2. Serial Adapter





1. System Board

1201 1. System Board2. Any Serial Device

1202, 1206, 1208,1209, 12XX

1. Dual AsyncAdapter/A



2. Dual Async Adapter/A

13XX 1. Game Adapter

1402Printer not ready.

Information only

1403No paper error, orinterrupt failure.

Information only

1404System board timeoutfailure.


1405Parallel adapter error.


1406Presence test error.


14XXNot listed above.Check printer beforereplacing system board.

1. Printer 2. System Board

15XX 1. SDLC Adapter

1692Boot sequence error.

1. Run FDISK to ensureat least one activepartition is set active.

16XX 1. 36/38 Workstation Adapter

1762Hard disk drive configurationerror.

1. Run Configuration(See “Setup Utilityprogram” onpage 41.)

1780 (Disk Drive 0)1781 (Disk Drive 1)1782 (Disk Drive 2)1783 (Disk Drive 3)

1. See “Power supply”on page 29.

2. Hard Disk Drive 3. System Board4. Hard Disk Cable

5. Power Supply

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 89


180X, 188XPCI configuration orresource error.

1. Run Setup and verifyPCI/ISA configurationsettings.

2. If necessary, set ISAadapters to “Notavailable” to allow PCIadapters to properlyconfigure.

3. Remove any suspectISA adapters.

4. Rerun diagnostics. 5. PCI Adapter


1. Possible hard diskdrive problem, see“Hard disk drive booterror” on page 41.

209X 1. Diskette Drive 2. Diskette Cable3. 16-bit AT Fast SCSI

Adapter

20XXNot listed above

1. BSC Adapter

21XX 1. SCSI Device2. 16-bit AT Fast SCSI

Adapter3. Alternate BSC Adapter

2401, 2402If screen colors change.

1. Display

2401, 2402If screen colors are OK.


2409 1. Display

2410 1. System Board 2. Display

2462Video memory configurationerror.

1. Check cableconnections.

2. Run Setup and verifyvideo configurationsettings.

3. Video MemoryModules


5. System Board

3015, 3040Check for missing wrapor terminator plug on theadapter.

1. Network Attached? 2. LF Translator 3. Cable Problem4. PC Network Adapter

30XX 1. PC Network Adapter 2. LF Translator 3. Cable Problem?



3115, 3140 1. Network Attached? 2. LF Translator 3. Alternate PC

Network-Adapter 4. Cable Problem

31XX 1. Alternate PC NetworkAdapter

2. LF Translator 3. Cable Problem

36XX 1. GPIB Adapter

38XX 1. DAC Adapter

4611, 4630 1. Multiport/2 Interface Board

2. Multiport/2 Adapter

4612, 4613 4640, 4641 1. Memory Module Package


4650 1. Multiport Interface Cable


1. Multiport/2 Adapter 2. Multiport/2 Interface

Board 3. Memory Module

5600 1. Financial System Controller Adapter

5962An IDE device (other thanhard drive) configurationerror.

1. Run Configuration 2. CD-ROM Drive 3. CD-ROM Adapter4. ZIP or other ATAPI

device 5. System Board

62XX 1. 1st Store Loop Adapter

2. Adapter Cable

63XX 1. 2nd Store Loop Adapter

2. Adapter Cable

64XX 1. Network Adapter

71XX 1. Voice Adapter


76XX 1. Page Printer Adapter

78XX 1. High Speed Adapter

79XX 1. 3117 Adapter

80XX 1. PCMCIA Adapter

84XX 1. Speech Adapter2. Speech Control Assy.

8601, 8602 1. Pointing Device (Mouse)

2. System Board

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 91


8603, 8604 1. System Board 2. Pointing Device

(Mouse)


1. Mouse 2. System Board

89XX 1. PC Music Adapter2. MIDI Adapter Unit

91XX 1. Optical Drive 2. Adapter

96XX 1. SCSI Adapter2. Any SCSI Device

3. System Board

10101, 10102, 1010410105, 10106, 1010710108, 10109, 1011110112, 10113, 1011410115, 10116

1. Have customer verifycorrect operatingsystem devicedrivers are installedand operational.

2. Modem

10103, 10110, 101171 1. System Board 2. Data/Fax Modem

10117Not listed above.

1. Check system speaker

2. Check PSTN cable 3. External DAA

(if installed) 4. Modem

10118 1. Run Diagnostics andverify the correctoperation of themodem slot

2. Modem

10119 1. Diagnostics detecteda non-IBM modem

2. Modem

10120 1. Check PSTN Cable 2. External DAA


10132, 10133, 1013410135, 10136, 1013710138, 10139, 1014010141, 10142, 1014310144, 10145, 1014610147, 10148, 1014910150, 10151, 10152

1. Modem

10153 1. Data/Fax Modem 2. System Board


1. Modem Adapter/A 2. Data/Fax Modem 3. System Board



10450, 10451, 1049010491, 10492, 10499Read/write error.


2. Hard Disk Drive 3. System Board

10452Seek test error.


10453Wrong drive type?

Information only

10454Sector buffer test error.


10455, 10456Controller error.


10459Drive diagnostic commanderror.

Information only

10461Drive format error


10462Controller seek error.


10464Hard Drive read error.


10467Drive non fatal seek error.


10468Drive fatal seek error.


10469Drive soft error countexceeded.


10470, 10471, 10472Controller wrap error.


10473Corrupt data. Low levelformat might be required.

Information only

10480 1. Hard Disk Drive (ESDI)

2. Drive Cable 3. System Board

10481ESDI drive D seek error.


10482Drive selectacknowledgement bad.


106X1 1. Check Configuration 2. Ethernet Adapter

10635 1. Power-off computer,wait ten seconds;then power-on thecomputer.

2. Ethernet Adapter

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 93


10651, 10660 1. Check Cables 2. Ethernet Adapter


1. Ethernet Adapter

107XX 1. 5.25-inch External Diskette Drive

2. 5.25-inch Diskette Drive Adapter/A

109XXCheck the adapter cables.

1. ActionMedia Adapter/A

2. System Board

112XXThis adapter doesnot have cache.

1. SCSI Adapter2. Any SCSI Device

3. System Board


121XX 1. Modem Adapter2. Any Serial Device

3. System Board

136XX 1. ISDN Primary RateAdapter

2. System Board

137XX 1. System Board

141XX 1. Realtime InterfaceCoprocessorPortmasterAdapter/A

143XX 1. Japanese Display Adapter

2. System Board

14710, 14711 1. System Board Video Adapter

2. Adapter Video Memory

148XX 1. Video Adapter

14901, 149021491X, 14922


2. System Board3. Display (any type)

14932 1. External Display 2. Video Adapter

161XX 1. FaxConcentrator Adapter

164XX 1. 120 MB Internal Tape Drive

2. Diskette Cable 3. System Board

16500 1. 6157 Tape Attachment Adapter

16520, 16540 1. 6157 Streaming Tape Drive

2. 6157 Tape Attachment Adapter



166XX, 167XX 1. Token Ring Adapter 2. System Board

18001 to 18029 1. Wizard Adapter 2. Wizard Adapter

Memory

18031 to 18039 1. Wizard Adapter Cable

185XXXX 1. DBCS Japanese Display Adapter/A

2. System Board

20001 to 20003 1. Image Adapter/AImage-I Adapter/A

2. Memory Module DRAM, VRAM

20004 1. Memory Module DRAM, VRAM

2. Image Adapter/AImage-I Adapter/A






3. System Board

20101 to 20103 1. Printer/Scanner Option

2. Image Adapter/A 3. Memory Module

DRAM, VRAM


2. Printer/Scanner Option 3. Image Adapter/A



DRAM, VRAM

Image Adapter/AMemory Test failureindicated by graphicof adapter.

1. Replace memorymodule (shown ingraphic.)

206XX 1. SCSI-2 Adapter2. Any SCSI Device

3. System Board

208XXVerify there are no duplicateSCSI ID settings on thesame bus.

1. Any SCSI Device

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 95


210XXXXInternal bus, size unknown.

210XXX1External bus, size unknown.

1. SCSI Hard Disk Drive2. SCSI Adapter or

System Board 3. SCSI Cable4. SCSI ID Switch

(on some models)

Tape Drive amber LEDremains on.

1. Tape Drive2. SCSI Cable (internal)3. SCSI Adapter or

System Board

Tape Drive green “in use”LED fails to come on.

1. Tape Drive2. SCSI Adapter or

System Board3. SCSI Cable (internal)

SCSI Cable (external)

Tape automatically ejectedfrom drive.

1. Tape Cassette 2. Drive

SCSI ID on rotary switchdoes not match SCSI IDset in configuration.Verify drive switchesinside cover are set tozero.

1. Rotary Switch Circuit Board

2. Circuit Board Cable 3. Tape Drive

Tape sticks/breaks indrive.Verify that the tapes usedmeet ANSI standard X3B5.

1. Tape Cassette

212XX 1. SCSI Printer 2. Printer Cable

213XX 1. SCSI Processor

214XX 1. WORM Drive

215XXXC215XXXD215XXXE215XXXUIf an external device, andpower-on LED is off, checkexternal voltages.

1. CD-ROM Drive ICD-ROM Drive IIEnhanced CD-ROM Drive IIAny CD-ROM Drive

2. SCSI Cable3. SCSI Adapter or

System Board

216XX 1. Scanner

217XXIf an external device, andpower-on LED is off, checkexternal voltages.

1. Rewritable Optical Drive

2. SCSI Adapter orSystem Board

3. SCSI Cable

218XXCheck for multi CDtray, or juke box.

1. Changer

219XX 1. SCSI Communications Device



24201Y0, 24210Y0Be sure wrap plug isattached.

1. ISDN/2 Adapter2. ISDN/2 Wrap Plug

3. ISDN/2 Communications Cable

273XX 1. 1 Mbps MicroChannel Infrared LANAdapter

27501, 2750327506, 27507

1. ServerGuard Adapter 2. System Board

27502, 27504, 2751027511, 27533, 2753427536, 27537

1. ServerGuard Adapter

27509 1. Remove redundantadapters, run AutoConfigurationprogram, then retest.

27512 1. WMSELF.DGSdiagnostics filemissing.

2. WMSELF.DGSdiagnostics fileincorrect.

27535 1. 3V Lithium BackupBattery


27554 1. Internal Temperatureout of range


27555, 27556 1. ServerGuard Adapter 2. Power Supply

27557 1. 7.2V NiCad MainBattery Pack


27558, 2755927560, 27561

1. PCMCIA Type IIModem


27562 1. External PowerControl notconnected

2. External Power Control 3. ServerGuard Adapter

27563, 27564 1. External PowerControl


275XX 1. Update DiagnosticSoftware

27801 to 27879 1. Personal Dictation System Adapter

2. System Board

27880 to 27889 1. External FRU (Speaker, Microphone)

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 97


I999030XHard disk reset failure.

Possible hard disk driveproblem, see “Hard diskdrive boot error” onpage 41.


Miscellaneous error messagesMessage/Symptom FRU/Action

CMOS Backup Batteryinaccurate.

1. CMOS BackupBatterySee page “Safetyinformation” onpage 434.

2. System Board

Changing colors. 1. Display

Computer will not power-off.See “Power supply” onpage 29.

1. Power Switch 2. System Board

Computer will not RPL fromserver

1. Ensure Network is instartup sequence asfirst device or firstdevice after diskette.

2. Ensure Networkadapter is enabled forRPL.

3. Network adapter(Advise networkadministrator of newMAC address)

Computer will not Wake OnLAN

1. Check power supplyand signal cableconnections tonetwork adapter.

2. Ensure Wake On LANfeature is enabled inSetup/Configuration.See “Setup Utilityprogram” on page 41.

3. Ensure networkadministrator is usingcorrect MAC address.

4. Ensure no interrupt orI/O address conflicts.


Dead computer.See “Power supply” onpage 29.

1. Power Switch 2. Power Supply 3. System Board

Diskette drive in-use lightremains on or does not lightwhen drive is active.


Flashing cursor with anotherwise blank display.

1. System Board2. Primary Hard Disk

Drive3. Hard Disk Drive Cable

Incorrect memory sizeduring POST.

1. Run the Memorytests.


PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 99

Message/Symptom FRU/Action

“Insert a Diskette” iconappears with a known-gooddiagnostics diskette in thefirst 3.5-inch diskette drive.


4. Network Adapter

Intensity or color varies fromleft to right of charactersand color bars.

1. Display 2. System Board

No power, or fan notrunning.


Nonsystem disk or diskerror-type messagewith a known-gooddiagnostic diskette.


Other display symptoms notlisted above (including blankor illegible display).

1. See “Display” onpage 31.


Power-on indicator or harddisk drive in-use lightnot on, but computerworks correctly.

1. Power Supply 2. System Board 3. LED Cables

Printer problems. 1. See “Printer” onpage 28.

Program loads from thehard disk with aknown-good diagnosticsdiskette in the first 3.5-inchdiskette drive.

1. Run Setup 2. Diskette Drive3. Diskette Drive Cable

4. System Board 5. Power Supply

RPL computer cannotaccess programs from itsown hard disk.

1. If network admin. isusing LCCM HybridRPL, check startupsequence: Firstdevice: network;Second device: harddisk

2. Hard disk drive

RPL computer does notRPL from server.

1. Check startupsequence

2. Check the networkadapter LED status

Serial or parallel port devicefailure (system board port).

1. External DeviceSelf-Test OK?

2. External Device 3. Cable 4. System Board

Serial or parallel port devicefailure (adapter port).


2. External Device 3. Cable 4. Alternate Adapter 5. System Board



Some or all keys on thekeyboard do not work.


PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 101

Undetermined problemCheck the power supply voltages. See “Power supply” onpage 29. If the voltages are correct, return here andcontinue with the following steps.

1. Power-off the computer.2. Remove or disconnect the following, if installed, one

at a time: a. Non-IBM devicesb. External devices (modem, printer, or mouse)

c. Any adapters d. Riser card e. Memory modules

Before removing or replacing memory modules,see “System board memory” on page 60.

f. Extended video memory g. External Cache

h. External Cache RAMi. Hard disk drive

j. Diskette drive3. Power-on the computer to re-test the system.4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 until you find the failing

device or adapter.

If all devices and adapters have been removed, and theproblem continues, replace the system board. See“Replacing a system board” on page 48.


Model tables -Country/Region/LanguageUse this table to identify the country/region/language of thespecific Models that are listed in the Type/Modelconfiguration tables section.

Note

These model tables are for the PC 300 models only.For Aptiva type 2173 models, please refer to the IBMon-line site, www.ibm.com/pc/

In most cases, country or language designation will beidentified by the last digit of the model number. Somemodels might be listed twice, as X and (J), forCountry/Language identification. (J) is for Japan only.

Table 1. Country/Region/Language Model Definition.

EMEA Model

EMEA preload xxG

North America Model

US English xxU

Canadian French xxF

Latin America (LA) Model

Portuguese (Brazil) xxP

LA Spanish xxS

LA English xxL

Asia Pacific (AP) Model

AP English w/Keyboard xxA

AP English w/o Keyboard xxB

Japan (Japanese) xxJ

Hong Kong (AP English) xxH

Hong Kong (Chinese) xxM

China (Chinese) xxC

China (AP English) xxD

Thailand (Thai) xxT

Taiwan (Chinese) xxV

Taiwan (AP English) xxW

Korea (Korean) xxK

Korea (AP English) xxR

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 103

Type/Model configuration tables(6268/6278/6288/6338)

Notes

Some open bay models are identified as AAP(Authorized Assembler Program) models. AAPmodels are manufactured by IBM without certaindevices such as: – Graphics– Hard Disk Drive

– CD-ROM unit – Memory– Video or other option card

– Preload

AAP IBM Dealers and Business Partners installcertain devices (IBM options) in these open baymodels.

Other then AAP IBM Dealers and BusinessPartners can purchase these open bay models.

The IBM HelpCenter has information, based onsystem serial number, for identifying installed IBMoptions in open bay AAP models.16X Max CD-ROM drive runs at a constantspeed. This allows for eight-speed reading at thedisk hub and sixteen-speed reading at the diskedge.– For 24X Max CD-ROM drives, the disk hub

and disk edge speeds are 10 and 24.– For 32X Max CD-ROM drives, the disk hub

and disk edge speeds are 14 and 32.– For 40X Max CD-ROM drives, the disk hub

and disk edge speeds are 17 and 40.

Note

These model tables are for the PC 300 models only.For Aptiva type 2173 models, please refer to the IBMon-line site, www.ibm.com/pc/

Table Page

PC 300 Type 6268 105

PC 300 Type 6278 106

PC 300 Type 6288/6338 108


Pre

load

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

N/A

N/A

N/A

Win

dow

s 98

N/A

CD

-RO

M

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Bay

s/S

lots

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

Gra

ph

ics

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

Har

d D

rive

8.4

GB

EID

E

8.4

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

N/A

N/A

N/A

15.0

GB

EID

E

N/A

Mem

ory

64 M

B N

P

64 M

B N

P

64 M

B N

P

N/A

N/A

N/A

64 M

B N

P

N/A

Pro

cess

or

466

MH

z C

eler

on

466

MH

z C

eler

on

500

MH

z C

eler

on

433

MH

z C

eler

on

466

MH

z C

eler

on

500

MH

z C

eler

on

533

MH

z C

eler

on

533

MH

z C

eler

on

Tab

le 2

. P

C30

0T

ype

6268

-M

icro

tow

er

Mo

del

16X

43X

44X

56X

- O

pen

Bay

57X

- O

pen

Bay

58X

- O

pen

Bay

70X

71X

- O

pen

Bay

No

tes:

1.N

/A =

Not

incl

uded

in m

odel

.2.

For

last

dig

it m

odel

num

ber,

see

“M

odel

tab

les

- C

ount

ry/R

egio

n/La

ngua

ge”

on p

age

103.

3.In

tel C

eler

on p

roce

ssor

com

es w

ith 1

28K

Cac

he.

4.G

raph

ics

= 8

10 G

raph

ics

with

4 M

B S

DR

AM

dis

play

Cac

he in

tegr

ated

on

syst

em b

oard

.5.

Aud

io =

inte

grat

ed o

n sy

stem

boa

rd.

6.M

odel

s 56

X,

57X

, 58

X h

ave

PC

I A

udio

ada

pter

.7.

Ope

n B

ay =

Aut

horiz

ed A

ssem

bler

Pro

gram

.S

ee t

he n

ote

on p

age

104

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 105

Pre

load

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s 98

CD

-RO

M

40X

Max

40X

Max

40X

Max

40X

Max

40X

Max

40X

Max

40X

Max

40X

Max

40X

Max

Bay

s/S

lots

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

Gra

ph

ics

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

Har

d D

rive

8.4

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

15.0

GB

EID

E

8.4

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

8.4

GB

EID

E

8.4

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

Mem

ory

64 M

B N

P

64 M

B N

P

64 M

B N

P

64 M

B N

P

64 M

B N

P

128

MB

NP

64 M

B N

P

64 M

B N

P

64 M

B N

P

Pro

cess

or

466

MH

z C

eler

on

500

MH

z C

eler

on

500

MH

z C

eler

on

500

MH

z C

eler

on

466

MH

z C

eler

on

500

MH

z C

eler

on

466

MH

z C

eler

on

466

MH

z C

eler

on

466

MH

z C

eler

on

Tab

le 3

(P

age

1 of

2).

PC

300

Typ

e62

78-

Mic

roto

wer

Mo

del

S1X

S2X

S3X

S4X

S5X

S6X

S8X

S9X

SA

X

No

tes:

1.N

/A =

Not

incl

uded

in m

odel

.2.

For

last

dig

it m

odel

num

ber,

see

“M

odel

tab

les

- C

ount

ry/R

egio

n/La

ngua

ge”

on p

age

103.

3.In

tel C

eler

on p

roce

ssor

com

es w

ith 1

28K

Cac

he.

4.G

raph

ics

= 8

10 G

raph

ics

with

4 M

B S

DR

AM

dis

play

Cac

he in

tegr

ated

on

syst

em b

oard

.5.

Aud

io =

inte

grat

ed o

n sy

stem

boa

rd.

6.M

odel

s S

5X,

S6X

, S

7X,

Sex

, S

JX h

ave

Eth

erne

t ca

rd.

7.M

odel

s S

1X,

S2X

, S

3X,

S4X

, S

8X,

SD

X,

SG

X,

have

mod

em.

8.O

pen

Bay

= A

utho

rized

Ass

embl

er P

rogr

am.

See

the

not

e on

pag

e 10

4


Pre

load

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s 98

CD

-RO

M

40X

Max

40X

Max

40X

Max

40X

Max

40X

Max

40X

Max

Bay

s/S

lots

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

Gra

ph

ics

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

Har

d D

rive

10.1

GB

EID

E

15.0

GB

EID

E

15.0

GB

EID

E

15.0

GB

EID

E

15.0

GB

EID

E

15.0

GB

EID

E

Mem

ory

128

MB

NP

64 M

B N

P

128

MB

NP

64 M

B N

P

64 M

B N

P

64 M

B N

P

Pro

cess

or

500

MH

z C

eler

on

533

MH

z C

eler

on

533

MH

z C

eler

on

533

MH

z C

eler

on

533

MH

z C

eler

on

533

MH

z C

eler

on

Tab

le 3

(P

age

2 of

2).

PC

300

Typ

e62

78-

Mic

roto

wer

Mo

del

SB

X

SD

X

SE

x

SF

X

SG

X

SJX

No

tes:

1.N

/A =

Not

incl

uded

in m

odel

.2.

For

last

dig

it m

odel

num

ber,

see

“M

odel

tab

les

- C

ount

ry/R

egio

n/La

ngua

ge”

on p

age

103.

3.In

tel C

eler

on p

roce

ssor

com

es w

ith 1

28K

Cac

he.

4.G

raph

ics

= 8

10 G

raph

ics

with

4 M

B S

DR

AM

dis

play

Cac

he in

tegr

ated

on

syst

em b

oard

.5.

Aud

io =

inte

grat

ed o

n sy

stem

boa

rd.

6.M

odel

s S

5X,

S6X

, S

7X,

Sex

, S

JX h

ave

Eth

erne

t ca

rd.

7.M

odel

s S

1X,

S2X

, S

3X,

S4X

, S

8X,

SD

X,

SG

X,

have

mod

em.

8.O

pen

Bay

= A

utho

rized

Ass

embl

er P

rogr

am.

See

the

not

e on

pag

e 10

4

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 107

Pre

load

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s 95

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s 98

CD

-RO

M

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Bay

s/S

lots

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

Gra

ph

ics

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

Har

d D

rive

8.4

GB

EID

E

8.4

GB

EID

E

8.4

GB

EID

E

8.4

GB

EID

E

8.4

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

5.0

GB

EID

E

5.0

GB

EID

E

Mem

ory

32 M

B N

P

32 M

B N

P

64 M

B N

P

64 M

B N

P

64 M

B N

P

32 M

B N

P

32 M

B N

P

32 M

B N

P

64 M

B N

P

Pro

cess

or

400

MH

z C

eler

on

433

MH

z C

eler

on

466

MH

z C

eler

on

466

MH

z C

eler

on

500

MH

z C

eler

on

466

MH

z C

eler

on

500

MH

z C

eler

on

433

MH

z C

eler

on

466

MH

z C

eler

on

Tab

le 4

(P

age

1 of

5).

PC

300

Typ

e62

88/6

338

-D

eskt

op

Mo

del

10X

11X

15X

16X

17X

1CX

1DX

1EX

1FX

No

tes:

1.N

/A =

Not

incl

uded

in m

odel

.2.

For

last

dig

it m

odel

num

ber,

see

“M

odel

tab

les

- C

ount

ry/R

egio

n/La

ngua

ge”

on p

age

103.

3.In

tel C

eler

on p

roce

ssor

com

es w

ith 1

28K

Cac

he.

4.G

raph

ics

= 8

10 G

raph

ics

with

4 M

B S

DR

AM

dis

play

Cac

he in

tegr

ated

on

syst

em b

oard

.5.

Aud

io =

inte

grat

ed o

n sy

stem

boa

rd.

6.M

odel

s 39

X,

40X

, 70

X,

78X

, ha

ve E

ther

net

card

7.M

odel

s 56

X,

57X

, 58

X h

ave

PC

I A

udio

ada

pter

.8.

Ope

n B

ay =

Aut

horiz

ed A

ssem

bler

Pro

gram

.S

ee t

he n

ote

on p

age

104


Pre

load

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 95

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s 95

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s 95

CD

-RO

M

N/A

40X

Max

N/A

N/A

40X

Max

40X

Max

40X

Max

40X

Max

40X

Max

Bay

s/S

lots

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

Gra

ph

ics

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

Har

d D

rive

5.0

GB

EID

E

5.0

GB

EID

E

8.4

GB

EID

E

8.4

GB

EID

E

8.4

GB

EID

E

8.4

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

8.4

GB

EID

E

8.4

GB

EID

E

Mem

ory

64 M

B N

P

64 M

B N

P

64 M

B N

P

64 M

B N

P

64 M

B N

P

64 M

B N

P

64 M

B N

P

64 M

B N

P

64 M

B N

P

Pro

cess

or

500

MH

z C

eler

on

466

MH

z C

eler

on

433

MH

z C

eler

on

433

MH

z C

eler

on

466

MH

z C

eler

on

466

MH

z C

eler

on

466

MH

z C

eler

on

466

MH

z C

eler

on

466

MH

z C

eler

on

Tab

le 4

(P

age

2 of

5).

PC

300

Typ

e62

88/6

338

-D

eskt

op

Mo

del

1GX

1HX

30X

31X

35X

36X

37X

39X

40X

No

tes:

1.N

/A =

Not

incl

uded

in m

odel

.2.

For

last

dig

it m

odel

num

ber,

see

“M

odel

tab

les

- C

ount

ry/R

egio

n/La

ngua

ge”

on p

age

103.

3.In

tel C

eler

on p

roce

ssor

com

es w

ith 1

28K

Cac

he.

4.G

raph

ics

= 8

10 G

raph

ics

with

4 M

B S

DR

AM

dis

play

Cac

he in

tegr

ated

on

syst

em b

oard

.5.

Aud

io =

inte

grat

ed o

n sy

stem

boa

rd.

6.M

odel

s 39

X,

40X

, 70

X,

78X

, ha

ve E

ther

net

card

7.M

odel

s 56

X,

57X

, 58

X h

ave

PC

I A

udio

ada

pter

.8.

Ope

n B

ay =

Aut

horiz

ed A

ssem

bler

Pro

gram

.S

ee t

he n

ote

on p

age

104

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 109

Pre

load

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s 98

CD

-RO

M

40X

Max

40X

Max

N/A

N/A

40X

Max

40X

Max

N/A

N/A

N/A

Bay

s/S

lots

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

Gra

ph

ics

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

Har

d D

rive

8.4

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

Mem

ory

64 M

B N

P

64 M

B N

P

64 M

B N

P

64 M

B N

P

64 M

B N

P

64 M

B N

P

64 M

B N

P

64 M

B N

P

64 M

B N

P

Pro

cess

or

466

MH

z C

eler

on

466

MH

z C

eler

on

500

MH

z C

eler

on

500

MH

z C

eler

on

500

MH

z C

eler

on

500

MH

z C

eler

on

466

MH

z C

eler

on

500

MH

z C

eler

on

433

MH

z C

eler

on

Tab

le 4

(P

age

3 of

5).

PC

300

Typ

e62

88/6

338

-D

eskt

op

Mo

del

41X

42X

44X

45X

46X

47X

48X

49X

50X

No

tes:

1.N

/A =

Not

incl

uded

in m

odel

.2.

For

last

dig

it m

odel

num

ber,

see

“M

odel

tab

les

- C

ount

ry/R

egio

n/La

ngua

ge”

on p

age

103.

3.In

tel C

eler

on p

roce

ssor

com

es w

ith 1

28K

Cac

he.

4.G

raph

ics

= 8

10 G

raph

ics

with

4 M

B S

DR

AM

dis

play

Cac

he in

tegr

ated

on

syst

em b

oard

.5.

Aud

io =

inte

grat

ed o

n sy

stem

boa

rd.

6.M

odel

s 39

X,

40X

, 70

X,

78X

, ha

ve E

ther

net

card

7.M

odel

s 56

X,

57X

, 58

X h

ave

PC

I A

udio

ada

pter

.8.

Ope

n B

ay =

Aut

horiz

ed A

ssem

bler

Pro

gram

.S

ee t

he n

ote

on p

age

104


Pre

load

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

N/A

N/A

N/A

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

CD

-RO

M

40X

Max

40X

Max

N/A

N/A

N/A

40X

Max

N/A

N/A

40X

Max

Bay

s/S

lots

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

Gra

ph

ics

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

Har

d D

rive

10.1

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

N/A

N/A

N/A

15.0

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

15.0

GB

EID

E

Mem

ory

64 M

B N

P

64 M

B N

P

N/A

N/A

N/A

64 M

B N

P

64 M

B N

P

64 M

B N

P

64 M

B N

P

Pro

cess

or

466

MH

z C

eler

on

466

MH

z C

eler

on

433

MH

z C

eler

on

466

MH

z C

eler

on

500

MH

z C

eler

on

533

MH

z C

eler

on

533

MH

z C

eler

on

533

MH

z C

eler

on

533

MH

z C

eler

on

Tab

le 4

(P

age

4 of

5).

PC

300

Typ

e62

88/6

338

-D

eskt

op

Mo

del

51X

53X

56X

- O

pen

Bay

57X

- O

pen

Bay

58X

- O

pen

Bay

70X

71X

72X

73X

No

tes:

1.N

/A =

Not

incl

uded

in m

odel

.2.

For

last

dig

it m

odel

num

ber,

see

“M

odel

tab

les

- C

ount

ry/R

egio

n/La

ngua

ge”

on p

age

103.

3.In

tel C

eler

on p

roce

ssor

com

es w

ith 1

28K

Cac

he.

4.G

raph

ics

= 8

10 G

raph

ics

with

4 M

B S

DR

AM

dis

play

Cac

he in

tegr

ated

on

syst

em b

oard

.5.

Aud

io =

inte

grat

ed o

n sy

stem

boa

rd.

6.M

odel

s 39

X,

40X

, 70

X,

78X

, ha

ve E

ther

net

card

7.M

odel

s 56

X,

57X

, 58

X h

ave

PC

I A

udio

ada

pter

.8.

Ope

n B

ay =

Aut

horiz

ed A

ssem

bler

Pro

gram

.S

ee t

he n

ote

on p

age

104

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 111

Pre

load

Win

dow

s N

T

N/A

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s 98

CD

-RO

M

40X

Max

N/A

N/A

40X

Max

Bay

s/S

lots

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

Gra

ph

ics

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

810

Gra

phic

s

Har

d D

rive

15.0

GB

EID

E

N/A

10.1

GB

EID

E

15.0

GB

EID

E

Mem

ory

64 M

B N

P

N/A

32 M

B N

P

64 M

B N

P

Pro

cess

or

533

MH

z C

eler

on

533

MH

z C

eler

on

533

MH

z C

eler

on

533

MH

z C

eler

on

Tab

le 4

(P

age

5 of

5).

PC

300

Typ

e62

88/6

338

-D

eskt

op

Mo

del

74X

75X

- O

pen

Bay

76X

78X

No

tes:

1.N

/A =

Not

incl

uded

in m

odel

.2.

For

last

dig

it m

odel

num

ber,

see

“M

odel

tab

les

- C

ount

ry/R

egio

n/La

ngua

ge”

on p

age

103.

3.In

tel C

eler

on p

roce

ssor

com

es w

ith 1

28K

Cac

he.

4.G

raph

ics

= 8

10 G

raph

ics

with

4 M

B S

DR

AM

dis

play

Cac

he in

tegr

ated

on

syst

em b

oard

.5.

Aud

io =

inte

grat

ed o

n sy

stem

boa

rd.

6.M

odel

s 39

X,

40X

, 70

X,

78X

, ha

ve E

ther

net

card

7.M

odel

s 56

X,

57X

, 58

X h

ave

PC

I A

udio

ada

pter

.8.

Ope

n B

ay =

Aut

horiz

ed A

ssem

bler

Pro

gram

.S

ee t

he n

ote

on p

age

104


Notes:

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 113

Parts (Type 6268/6278/2173)

1

23

4 56 7

89

1011

15

16

1213

14

17

1819

20

21


Parts listingIndex System (Type 6268/6278/2173) FRU

No. 1 Top Cover 37L2499 2 CD-ROM Drive (32X Max)

(Young Explorer Little Tikes)02K1115

2 CD-ROM Drive (40X Max) 36L8713 3 Front Bezel (Panel) assembly 37L2505 4 EMC Shield for 5.25-inch Bay 20L3073 5 Blank Bezel 5.25-inch 37L2508 6 Door Assembly 37L2506 7 Blank Door Bezel 37L2507 8 1.44 MB, 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive 75H9550 8 1.44 MB, 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive

(Japan)75H9552

9 Speaker/Cable Assembly 01K490910 Fan with mounting supports 37L452611 Hard Disk Mounting Bracket 37L250112 8.4 GB7 EIDE Hard Disk Drive 36L867912 10.1 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 36L868112 13.5 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 36L868912 15.0 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 09N085113 Hard Drive Rails (Qty 2) 01K153914 System Board (no processor, no

memory)01N2845

15 Ethernet Adapter - Lake Clark 2.3 30L592916 Power Supply Bracket 37L250217 Power Supply-145W 01K987017 Power Supply-145W (China) 36L881517 Power Supply-145W (Japan) 20L231418 Fan Duct 37L251219 Intel Celeron Processor 433 MHz,

128 KB cache37L2476

19 Intel Celeron Processor 466 MHz,128 KB cache

37L2494


00N6101


09N4424

20 Memory - 64 MB DIMM, Non-Parity 01K114720 Memory - 128 MB DIMM, Non-Parity 01K114821 Base Frame Assembly 37L2500 Audio Adapter - PCI 37L4457 Audio Adapter -

(Young Explorer Little Tikes)02K3457

Cable - CD-ROM Audio 75H9219 Cable - CD-ROM, IDE ATA (2 drop) 37L5098 Cable - Diskette Drive 01K1513 Cable - Hard Disk Cable, ATA 37L4525 Cable - Wake On Ring 76H7345 EMC Shield Kit for System Board 37L2503

7 When referring to hard-disk-drive capacity, GB means 1 000000 000 bytes; total user-accessible capacity may varydepending on operating environment.

8 MHz measures internal clock speed of the microprocessor only;not application performance. Many factors affect applicationperformance.

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 115

Index System (Type 6268/6278/2173) FRUNo.

Foot (4) 03K9655 Heatsink/Clip for Celeron processor 09N4375 LED/Power Switch Assembly 37L2511 Lithium Battery 33F8354 Miscellaneous Hardware Kit 20L3094 Modem - Domestic (2173, 6278) 01N2833 Modem - Universal - EMEA and Asia

Pacific South (2173, 6278)01N2834

Mouse - 2 button (6268, 2173) 10L6145 Mouse - Scrollpoint (6278) 28L1865 Microphone (Aptiva 2173 only) 01N1961 Name Plate-Aptiva (Aptiva 2173 only) 01N3057 Name Plate (6268, 6278) 37L2509 Power Button (6268, 6278, 2173) 10K1701 Speakers - Set (Aptiva 2173 only) 01N1845 Speaker Brick-Power module (China)

(Aptiva 2173 only)20L2174

Speaker Brick-Power module(HongKong) (Aptiva 2173 only)

20L2172

URM retainer Kit 33L4521


Parts (Type 6288/6338)

1

2

34

56

7

8 910

1112

13

14

15

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 117

Parts listingIndex System (Type 6288/6338) FRU

No. 1 Top Cover 09K9825 2 Power Supply-145W 01K9870 2 Power Supply-145W (China) 36L8815 2 Power Supply-145W (Japan) 20L2314 3 Air Duct 09N4512 4 Hard Disk/Floppy Bracket 37L5094 5 Front Bezel (Panel) Assembly 37L5096 6 Bezel Kit 37L5097 7 CD-ROM (40X Max) 36L8713 8 1.44 MB, 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive 75H9550 8 1.44 MB, 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive

(Japan)75H9552

9 5.0 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 09N0967 9 8.4 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 36L8679 9 10.1 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 36L8681 9 13.5 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 36L8689 9 15.0 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 09N085110 Fan/Card Guide Assembly 37L509311 Memory - 32 MB DIMM, Non-Parity 01K114611 Memory - 64 MB DIMM, Non-Parity 01K114712 System Board (no processor, no

memory)01N2845


37L2474


37L2476


37L2494


00N6101


09N4424

14 Base Frame Assembly 09N450815 Ethernet Adapter - Lake Clark 2.3 30L592915 Audio adapter - PCI 37L4457 Cable - CD-ROM Audio 75H9219 Cable - ATA-66 2 Drop 37L5098 Cable - Diskette Drive 33L2596 Cable - Hard Disk Cable, ATA 37L4525 Cable - Wake On Ring 76H7345 EMC Shield for 5.25-inch bay 20L3073 EMC Shield Kit for System Board 37L5095 Foot (4) 03K9655 Heatsink/Clip for Celeron processor 09N4375 LED/Power Switch Assembly 37L5092 Lithium Battery 33F8354 Miscellaneous Hardware Kit 20L3094 Modem - domestic 01N2833 Mouse - 2 button 10L6145 Nameplate, PC 300 GL (6288, 6338) 00N6083 Power Button (6288, 6338) 10K1705 Speaker 20L2168 Speaker with Cable Assembly 01K4909 URM retainer Kit 33L4521 X-wide upper bay bezel 10K1707 X-wide lower bay bezel 10K1709


Keyboards - Rapid Access II (Aptiva Type 2173)

Keyboards - PCNext Lite (PC 300 Type6268/6278/6288/6338)

China 37L2590Hong Kong 37L2611

Arabic 37L2518Belgian-French 37L2519Belgian-UK 37L2520Brazil/Portugal 28L1826Bulgarian 37L2521Chinese 37L2548Czech 37L2522Danish 37L2523Dutch 37L2524French 37L2525French/Canadian-ID 058 37L0912French/Canadian-ID 044 37L2515German 37L2526Greek 37L2527Hebrew 37L2528Hungarian 37L2529Icelandic 37L2530Italian 37L2531Korean 28L1860Japanese 28L1858Latin/Spanish 37L2516Norwegian 37L2532Polish 37L2533Portuguese 37L2534Romania 37L2535Russian 37L2536Serbian/Cyrillic 37L2537Slovakian 37L2538Spanish 37L2539Swed/Finn 37L2540Swiss French/German 37L2541Thailand 37L2550Turkish (ID 179) 37L2542Turkish (ID 440) 37L2543UK English 37L2544US English 37L2514US English (Young Explorer Little TikesKeypad)

28L3583

UK English (ISO Compliant) 37L2546Yugoslavian 37L2545

PC 300 - 6268/6278/6288/6338 Aptiva - 2173 119

Computer Power Cords

Display and Monitor Information

Display and monitor information is separately available andis listed under “Related publications” on page v.

Arabic Countries 14F0033Argentina 36L8880Australia 93F2365Belgium 1339520Bulgaria 1339520Canada 93F2364Chile 14F0069China (Aptiva 2173) 02K0545Czechoslovakia 1339520Denmark 13F9997Finland 1339520France 1339520Germany 1339520Hungary 1339520Israel 14F0087Italy 14F0069Latin-America 6952301Netherlands 1339520New Zealand 93F2365Norway 1339520Paraguay 36L8880Poland 1339520Portugal 1339520Serbia 1339520Slovakia 1339520South Africa 14F0015Spain 1339520Switzerland 1339520Switzerland (French, German) 14F0051U.S. 93F2364UK, Ireland 14F0033Uruguay 36L8880Yugoslavia 1339520

Special toolsThe following tools are required to service thesecomputers:

A volt-ohm meter, IBM P/N 73G5404Wrap Plug, IBM P/N 72X8546


PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva- 2178/2198

This section contains the general checkout procedures,additional service information, computer exploded view,Symptom-to-FRU indexes, undetermined problem, modeltables, and parts listings for the IBM PC 300, type6563/6593/6564/6574 computer and the IBM Aptiva type2178/2198 computer.

Note

Service information is the same for PC 300 types6563/6593/6564/6574 and Aptiva 2178/2198computers, unless specifically identified as type6563/6593 which is the desktop computer or type2178/2198 which are the Aptiva micro-towercomputers.

Note


General checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Module test menu and hardware configuration

report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12920-pin main power supply connection . . . . . 130Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Diagnostics and test information . . . . . . . . . 132Power-on self-test (POST) . . . . . . . . . . 132POST beep codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Error code format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics . . . . . . . . 134Starting the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Navigating through the diagnostic programs . . 134Running diagnostic tests . . . . . . . . . . . 135Test selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135IBM PC Enhanced Memory Diagnostics . . . . 135Alert On LAN test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Asset ID test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Test results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Hard file Smart test . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137IBM Fixed Disk Optimized Test . . . . . . . . 137Quick and Full erase - hard drive . . . . . . . 138


Iomega Zip Drive Test . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Asset EEPROM backup . . . . . . . . . . . 138Viewing the test log . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

SIMM/DIMM memory errors . . . . . . . . 139Setup Utility program . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Hard disk drive boot error . . . . . . . . . . 141When to use the Low-Level Format program . 142Preparing the hard disk drive for use . . . . . 142

Product description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Specifications Type 6563/6593 . . . . . . . . 144Specifications Type 6564/6574 Aptiva 2178/2198 145

Additional service information . . . . . . . . . . 146Replacing a processor . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Replacing a system board . . . . . . . . . . 147Security features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Power-on password . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Administrator password . . . . . . . . . . 149Administrator password control . . . . . . 149Operating system password . . . . . . . . 149

Vital product data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Management Information Format (MIF) . . . . 149Alert on LAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Hard disk drive jumper settings . . . . . . . . 151

IDE hard disk drive settings . . . . . . . . 151CD-ROM drive jumper settings . . . . . . . . 152BIOS levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Flash (BIOS/VPD) update procedure . . . . . 154Flash recovery boot block . . . . . . . . . . 154Power management . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Advanced Configuration and Power Interface(ACPI) BIOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Advanced Power Management . . . . . . 155Automatic Hardware Power Management

features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Setting Automatic Hardware Power

Management features . . . . . . . . . . 156Automatic Power-On features . . . . . . . 156

Network settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Flash over LAN (update POST/BIOS over

network) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Wake on LAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158System board memory . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Computer exploded view (Type 6563/6593) . . . . 160Input/Output connectors . . . . . . . . . . . 161Cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Front panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Front bezel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164EMC shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Diskette/hard drive bracket . . . . . . . . . . 164CD-ROM drive removal . . . . . . . . . . . 165Power supply removal . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Computer exploded view (Type6564/6574/2178/2198) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167


Input/Output connectors . . . . . . . . . . . 168Cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Front bezel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170EMC shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170CD-ROM drive removal . . . . . . . . . . . 171Front panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172ZIP drive removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Hard drive removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173HD/fan/speaker bracket removal . . . . . . . 174Power supply removal . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

System board layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176System board locations . . . . . . . . . . . 177System board switch settings . . . . . . . . . 178

Symptom-to-FRU index . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Beep symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180No beep symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181POST error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Miscellaneous error messages . . . . . . . . 198


Type/Model configuration tables (6563/6564/6574) 203Parts (Type 6563, 6593) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Parts listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Parts (Type 6564/6574) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

Parts listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223Parts (Type 2178/2198) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

Parts listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 123

General checkoutThis general checkout procedure is for Type6563/6593/6564/6574 and 2178/2198 computers.

Attention

The drives in the computer you are servicing mighthave been re-arranged or the drive startup sequencechanged. Be extremely careful during write operationssuch as copying, saving, or formatting. Data orprograms can be overwritten if you select an incorrectdrive.



Notes







001






Note

Type 6563/6593/6564/6574 and 2178/2198computers default to come up quiet (No beep andno memory count and checkpoint code display)when no errors are detected by POST.




002









003




PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 125

(CONTINUED)









PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 127

Keyboard Note


001



Pin123456


6

2

34

5


002


003

















Reseat


Power Cord


Power-on Switch


PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 129


Attention


1 10

11 20

Pin Signal Function

1 3.3 V +3.3 V dc

2 3.3 V +3.3 V dc

3 COM Ground

4 5 V +5 V dc

5 COM Ground

6 5 V +5 V dc

7 COM Ground

8 POK Power Good


10 12 V +12 V dc

11 3.3 V +3.3 V dc

12 -12 V -12 V dc

13 COM Ground


15 COM Ground

16 COM Ground

17 COM Ground


19 5 V +5 V dc

20 5 V +5 V dc








Note



Note






PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 131






Note

Type 6563/6593/6564/6574 and 2178/2198 computersdefault to come up quiet (No beep and no memorycount and checkpoint code display) when no errorsare detected by POST.







Note

Type 6563/6593/6564/6574 and 2178/2198 computersdefault to come up quiet (No beep and no memorycount and checkpoint code display) when no errorsare detected by POST.






Notes






PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 133




Select Diagnostics




IBM PC PC Enhanced Memory Diagnostics– The memory diagnostic tests determine which


Note
























PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 135



Memory Test-Full


Memory Test-Quick


Notes











FunctionCode

FailureType







Note












PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 137







Important



















Re-run the test.




Re-run the test.





Reflash theBIOS.



PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 139


Test aborted byuser

User stoppedtest.

Restart test.

Note:

"Y" is the SIMM/DIMM socket number. Use the SystemBoard Layouts section in the latest Hardware MaintenanceManual, HMM, to reference the memory sockets.
















Cause Actions





PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 141

Cause Actions








Notes











Product descriptionThe PC 300 Type 6563/6593/6564/6574 and Aptiva2178/2198 computers are available in 4 x 4, (Four drivebays, four I/O adapter slots) as desktop and micro-towermodels.

Note

Service information is the same for PC 300 types6563/6564/6574 and Aptiva 2178/2198 computers,unless specifically identified as type 6563 which is thedesktop computer or type 2178/2198 which are theAptiva micro-tower computers.

Type 6563/6593 is the desktopType 6564 and 6574 are the micro-towerAptiva Type 2178/2198 are the micro-tower

Security

– Administrator password – Cover lock – Power-on password– Operating system password– U-bolt and cable (Optional for some models)– C2 security on some models


Common parts(Varies with each model, see “Type/Modelconfiguration tables (6563/6564/6574)” on page 203.)





PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 143


Feature Description

Size Depth: 422.8 mm (16.64 inches)Height: 138.8 mm (5.46 inches)Width: 400 mm (15.75 inches)














Specifications Type 6564/6574 Aptiva2178/2198

Feature Description


Weight Weight: 10.43 kg (23 lb)Fully configured12












PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 145

Additional service informationThe following additional service information supports thePC 300 types 6563/6593, 6564, and 6574 and the Aptivatype 2178/2198 computer.

“Replacing a processor”“Replacing a system board” on page 147“Security features” on page 147“Passwords” on page 147“Vital product data” on page 149“Management Information Format (MIF)” on page 149“Alert on LAN” on page 150“Hard disk drive jumper settings” on page 151“CD-ROM drive jumper settings” on page 152“BIOS levels” on page 153“Flash (BIOS/VPD) update procedure” on page 154“Flash recovery boot block” on page 154“Power management” on page 155“Network settings” on page 157“Flash over LAN (update POST/BIOS over network)”on page 157“Wake on LAN” on page 158“System board memory” on page 159

Replacing a processorMake sure the processor is fully seated in its socket andthat the goal post latches are engaged.

Important

Make sure the air baffle is installed to preventprocessor overheating.If the processor is not installed correctly, thesystem board and the processor can bedamaged.
















PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 147




Attention

This procedure will remove the administratorpassword. Also, this procedure will clear all setupparameters, privilege access, and boot sequencesettings. Make sure these setting are recorded beforeperforming this procedure.

1. Unplug the power cord and remove the top cover.2. Refer to “System board layout” on page 176 to find

the switch assembly 1 (SW1).3. Move switch 2 (SW1-2) from the OFF position to the

ON (CMOS clear) position.4. Power-on the computer. The system senses the

change in the position and erases the password.5. There will be no video. Wait for the system to

produce two POST beeps, then power-off and unplugthe power cord.

6. Move switch 2 (SW1-2) from the ON (CMOS clear)position to the OFF (original) position.

7. Power-on the system.8. The system should now produce a video signal and

two POST beeps, along with a 162 configurationerror.

9. Reset the date and time and follow the on-screeninstructions to reconfigure the computer.




Note

Type 6563, 6564, and 6574 have Enhanced SecurityMode. If Enhanced Security mode is enabled andthere is no password given, the computer will act as ifEnhanced Security is disabled.





Management Information Format (MIF)Management Information Format (MIF) is a file used tomaintain a list of the system unit serial number along withall serialized components; for example: system board,memory, and processor.



PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 149









Hard disk drive jumper settingsIDE hard disk drives for the PC 300 series computers usejumpers to set the drives as primary (master) or secondary(slave).

Attention





IDE Drives

PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 151


AUDIO IDE INTERFACE

See Jumper

Settings Below

DC INPUT


40

1

2


Primary(Master)

Secondary(Slave)


: : : : : : : :


: : : : : : : :

6X CD-ROM : : : :

8X CD-ROM : : : :

















PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 153








Flash recovery boot block Attention

If an interruption occurs during a Flash/BIOS upgrade,the BIOS might be left in an unusable state. TheCMOS switch enables you to restart the system andrecover the BIOS.

To perform a Flash/BIOS recovery using the CMOS switch:

1. Power-off the computer and remove the cover.2. Move the system board CMOS switch to the on

position. Refer to “System board layout” onpage 176 or the information label inside the computerfor more information.






9. When you are instructed to reboot the computer,power-off the computer and move the CMOS switchto the off position. Then, replace the cover andpower-on the computer.



Advanced Configuration and PowerInterface (ACPI) BIOS: Being an ACPI BIOSsystem, the operating system is allowed to control thepower management features of the computer and thesetting for Advanced Power Management (APM) BIOSmode are ignored. Not all operating systems support ACPIBIOS mode.


Attention









Display:

PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 155

Set display to be disabled or to be reduced at thesepower states:– Standby: Screen is blank, but can be restored

immediately when any activity is detected.– Suspend: Monitor uses less power than in

Standby mode. Screen image is restored after afew seconds when any activity is detected.









7. Set IDE Hard Disk to Enabled or Disabled.






PCI Modem Ring Detect: With this feature set toEnabled, the computer will turn on automaticallywhen a ring is detected on the internal modem.



PCI Wake Up: The computer can be automaticallypowered on from any PCI device that will generate aWake Up event.










3. Select Remote Administration from theConfiguration/Setup Utility program menu.





PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 157














DIMM sizes of 64 MB, 128 MB, and 256 MB areacceptable. Start filling DIMM socket 0, then 1. Use 3.3 Vunbuffered 133 MHz. SDRAM Non-Registered DIMMsonly.

ComputerName

Memory Module

Size Speed Type

PC 300Type6563/65936564/6574

64 MB128 MB256 MB512 MB 1 GBMaximum

133 MHz SDRAMECC/Non-Parity IndustryStandard

ComputerName

Memory Module

Size Speed Type

AptivaType2178/2198

64 MB128 MB256 MB 512 MBMaximum

133 MHz SDRAMNon-Parity IndustryStandard

PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 159


I/O connectors and removal procedures for the cover, frontpanel, front bezel, diskette/hard drive bracket, CD-ROMdrive, and power supply are on the following pages.



USB 1

Parallel

Microphone

Headphone/Line Out

Line InKeyboard

Mouse

Serial 1

Serial 2

USB 2

11

22

DVIMonitor

SVGAMonitor

PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 161

Cover removal




3. Lift cover up.







Front panel








PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 163





EMC shield




2. Remove the diskette and hard drives or disconnecttheir cables.











Note


PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 165





2. Remove the air duct.

3. Disconnect the power supply connectors.

4. Remove the four screws securing the power supply tothe chassis.

5. Move power supply inward, then lift out of thechassis.


Computer exploded view (Type6564/6574/2178/2198)

I/O connectors and removal procedures for the cover, frontbezel, EMC shield, CD-ROM drive, front panel, ZIP drive,hard drive, HD/fan/speaker bracket, and power supply areon the following pages.

PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 167


11

22

USB 1

USB 2

Serial 2

MouseKeyboard

Serial 1

Parallel

Microphone

Line In

Headphone/Line Out

DVI Monitor

SVGA Monitor


Cover removal




3. Lift cover straight up.


1. Slide cover down onto the chassis about 1-inch (2cm) from the front flange.


3. Slide cover forward to engage the front cover slotsonto the chassis flange.


PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 169

Front bezel

EMC shield





2. Disconnect the cables from the CD-ROM drive



Note


Note

When connecting the EIDE DASD Cable, connect the:

Blue connector of cable to the system boardBlack connector to the master deviceGray connector to the slave device

Route the signal cables next to the hard drive andtoward the bottom of the diskette drive housing.

PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 171

Front panel

Top LatchesBottom Latches



2. Remove the top blank bezel and EMC shield or theCD-ROM drive.

Note

Depending on which one is installed, the blankbezel and EMC shield or the CD-ROM drive mustbe removed in order to remove the front panel.

3. Reach inside the chassis and pull apart the twobottom latches inside the front panel while pulling thepanel out. The two bottom latches will unlatch fromthe chassis.

4. Next, pull apart the top two latches from inside thepanel while pulling the panel out.

5. To remove the front panel, pivot the bottom of thepanel out and down at the same time.


ZIP drive removal

Hard drive removal

Tabs

Hard Drive

Bracket

To remove the hard drive:

1. Press in on both rail tabs and lift the hard drive upthen pull it back and out from the bracket.

2. Remove the signal and power cables from top of thehard drive.

3. When replacing the hard drive, remove the drive railsfrom the old drive and install them on the new drive.

PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 173

HD/fan/speaker bracket removal

To remove the bracket:

1. Remove the hard drive so it will not be damaged fromvibration. The hard drive can be removed from thebracket by depressing the hard drive rail tabs, liftingthe hard drive up then pulling it back and away fromthe bracket. See “Hard drive removal” on page 173.

2. Disconnect the speaker and fan cables from thesystem board.

3. Remove the two bracket screws at bottom of chassis.4. Lift the bracket up then pull the bracket out from front

of chassis.


Power supply removal Notes

1. Remove the power supply bracket from the oldpower supply and install it on the new powersupply.



1. Remove the top cover2. Remove the thumb screw from the rear of the power

supply3. Push in on the tab then, push up on the power supply

bracket and swing it out to disengage the bracketfrom the chassis.

PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 175

System board layout



1 Processor socket2 DIMM socket 03 DIMM socket 14 Processor fan connector

5 Power connector6 Power Switch/LED connector7 Primary IDE connector8 Secondary IDE connector9 Diskette Drive connector1 Front Fan connector11 Switch assembly (SW1); See (SW2) on

page 178 12 Battery13 Wake on LAN connector14 Alert on LAN connector15 CD Audio connector16 PCI 1 slot17 PCI 2 slot18 PCI 3 slot19 Internal Speaker connector2 AGP connector21 Midi port connector (Aptiva 2178/2198 only)22 Microphone connector23 Line Out connector24 Line In connector25 Parallel connector26 USB connectors27 Mouse/Keyboard connectors28 Serial connectors (COM 1, COM 2)

PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 177

System board switch settingsThe following tables contain the switch setting information.(D) indicates the default setting.

Diskette write access Switch (SW1-1)

Clear CMOS Switch (SW1-2)

Reserved Switch (SW1-3)


Switch (SW2)

Note

Switch (SW2) is a reserved eight position switch block.Switches can either be in the Off or in the On position.


Processor speed for the PC 300 type 6563/6593, 6564,6574 and Aptiva type 2178/2198 computers are fixed andare determined by the processor. There are no settingsrequired.

Diskette Access SW1-1

Write enabled Off (D)

Write protected On

Clear CMOS SW1-2

Normal mode Off (D)

CMOS clear On

Reserved SW1-3

Reserved Off

Reserved SW1-4

Reserved Off



Notes


Important


Type 6563/6593/6564/6574 and Aptiva type2178/2198 computers default to come up quiet(No beep and no memory count and checkpointcode display) when no errors are detected byPOST. To enable Beep and memory count andcheckpoint code display when a successfulPOST occurs:



PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 179


Beeps Description








1. System Board

1-2-XDMA error

1. System Board





2-1-1, 2-1-2 1. Run Setup

2. System Board




2. System Board






1. System Board













2. System Board


2. System Board


1. System Board





2. System Board


1. See “System boardmemory” onpage 159.

2. System Board




Type 6563/6593/6564/6574 and Aptiva type2178/2198 computers default to come up quiet (Nobeep and no memory count and checkpoint codedisplay) when no errors are detected by POST.





1. System Board

PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 181




5. Power Cord 6. Power Supply






02X 1. SCSI Adapter




1. System Board


1. System Board

106 1. System Board









3. System Board


1. System Board




3. System Board

PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 183







5. System Board






3. System Board





1. Run Flash Recoveryusing Boot Block.See “Flash recoveryboot block” onpage 154

2. System Board



2. Processor



2. System Board





2. System Board



1. System Board

178 1. System Board


184Password removed due tocheck-sum error.

1. Enter new password



186 1. System Board


2. System Board



1. System Board


1. System Board







PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 185













2. System Board


3. System Board


retry.




4. System Board



3. System Board




5. Power Supply

















1101, 1102, 1106,1108, 1109



2. System Board





2. System Board



2. System Board




2. System Board








PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 187



1. System Board


1202, 1206, 1208,1209, 12XX







Information only


Information only


















5. Power Supply











Adapter


1. BSC Adapter




1. Display



2409 1. Display







5. System Board




PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 189







38XX 1. DAC Adapter














2. Adapter Cable


2. Adapter Cable










2. System Board




(Mouse)






3. System Board

10101, 10102, 1010410105, 10106, 1010710108, 10109, 1011110112, 10113, 1011410115, 10116


2. Modem







2. Modem


2. Modem



10132, 10133, 1013410135, 10136, 1013710138, 10139, 1014010141, 10142, 1014310144, 10145, 1014610147, 10148, 1014910150, 10151, 10152

1. Modem




PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 191


10450, 10451, 1049010491, 10492, 10499Read/write error.






Information only






Information only
















Information only









2. Ethernet Adapter





1. Ethernet Adapter





2. System Board



3. System Board



3. System Board


2. System Board




2. System Board




14901, 149021491X, 14922










PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 193




Memory



2. System Board










3. System Board



DRAM, VRAM





DRAM, VRAM




3. System Board


1. Any SCSI Device







(on some models)



System Board











1. Tape Cassette



214XX 1. WORM Drive




System Board

216XX 1. Scanner




3. SCSI Cable


1. Changer


PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 195






27501, 2750327506, 27507


27502, 27504, 2751027511, 27533, 2753427536, 27537












27558, 2755927560, 27561









2. System Board






PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 197




2. System Board




























4. Network Adapter


















2. Hard disk drive










PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 199








c. Any adapters d. Memory modules


e. Extended video memory f. External Cacheg. External Cache RAMh. Hard disk drive

i. Diskette drive3. Power-on the computer to re-test the system.4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 until you find the failing

device or adapter.


PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 201




EMEA Model

EMEA preload xxG

North America Model

US English xxU

Canadian French xxF



LA Spanish xxS

LA English xxL







China (Chinese) xxC


Thailand (Thai) xxT



Korea (Korean) xxK



Type/Model configuration tables(6563/6564/6574)

Notes



– Preload




and disk edge speeds are 10X and 24X.– For 32X Max CD-ROM drives, the disk hub



and disk edge speeds are 20X and 48X.

Note

These model tables are for the PC 300 models only.For Aptiva type and 2178/2198 models, please refer tothe IBM on-line site, www.ibm.com/pc/

Table Page

PC 300 Type 6563/6593 204

PC 300 Type 6564 210

PC 300 Type 6574 215

PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 203

Pre

load

N/A

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

N/A

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s 98

CD

-RO

M

N/A

N/A

N/A

40X

Max

40X

Max

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

40X

Max

Bay

s/S

lots

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

Gra

ph

ics

N/A

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

N/A

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

Har

d D

rive

N/A

10.1

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

N/A

10.1

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

Mem

ory

N/A

64 M

B

64 M

B

64 M

B

64 M

B

64 M

B

64 M

B

N/A

64 M

B

64 M

B

64 M

B

Pro

cess

or

450

MH

z

450

MH

z

450

MH

z

450

MH

z

450

MH

z

450

MH

z

450

MH

z

500

MH

z

500

MH

z

500

MH

z

500

MH

z

Tab

le 6

(P

age

1 of

6).

PC

300

Typ

e65

63/6

593

-D

eskt

op

Mo

del

20X

- O

pen

Bay

22X

23X

24X

25X

26X

27X

40X

- O

pen

Bay

42X

43X

44X

No

tes:

1.N

/A =

Not

incl

uded

in m

odel

.2.

For

last

dig

it m

odel

num

ber,

see

“M

odel

tab

les

- C

ount

ry/R

egio

n/La

ngua

ge”

on p

age

202.

3.P

roce

ssor

= P

entiu

m I

II4.

Aud

io =

inte

grat

ed o

n sy

stem

boa

rd.

5.O

pen

Bay

= A

utho

rized

Ass

embl

er P

rogr

am.

See

the

not

e on

pag

e 20

3


Pre

load

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

N/A

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

CD

-RO

M

40X

Max

40X

Max

N/A

N/A

N/A

40X

Max

40X

Max

N/A

N/A

40X

Max

40X

Max

Bay

s/S

lots

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

Gra

ph

ics

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

N/A

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

Har

d D

rive

13.5

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

N/A

13.5

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

Mem

ory

64 M

B

64 M

B

N/A

64 M

B

64 M

B

64 M

B

64 M

B

64 M

B

64 M

B

64 M

B

64 M

B

Pro

cess

or

500

MH

z

500

MH

z

533E

B M

Hz

533E

B M

Hz

533E

B M

Hz

533B

MH

z

533B

MH

z

533E

B M

Hz

533E

B M

Hz

533E

B M

Hz

533E

B M

Hz

Tab

le 6

(P

age

2 of

6).

PC

300

Typ

e65

63/6

593

-D

eskt

op

Mo

del

45X

47X

60X

- O

pen

Bay

62X

63X

64X

65X

66X

67X

68X

69X

No

tes:

1.N

/A =

Not

incl

uded

in m

odel

.2.

For

last

dig

it m

odel

num

ber,

see

“M

odel

tab

les

- C

ount

ry/R

egio

n/La

ngua

ge”

on p

age

202.

3.P

roce

ssor

= P

entiu

m I

II4.

Aud

io =

inte

grat

ed o

n sy

stem

boa

rd.

5.O

pen

Bay

= A

utho

rized

Ass

embl

er P

rogr

am.

See

the

not

e on

pag

e 20

3

PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 205

Pre

load

N/A

N/A

N/A

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s 98

CD

-RO

M

N/A

N/A

N/A

48X

Max

48X

Max

48X

Max

48X

Max

N/A

N/A

48X

Max

N/A

Bay

s/S

lots

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

Gra

ph

ics

N/A

N/A

N/A

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P4

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P4

- 8M

B

Har

d D

rive

N/A

N/A

N/A

13.5

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

Mem

ory

N/A

N/A

N/A

128

MB

128

MB

64 M

B

64 M

B

64 M

B

64 M

B

64 M

B

64 M

B

Pro

cess

or

800

MH

z

866

MH

z

600E

B M

Hz

600E

B M

Hz

600E

B M

Hz

600E

B M

Hz

600E

B M

Hz

600E

B M

Hz

600E

B M

Hz

600E

B M

Hz

600E

B M

Hz

Tab

le 6

(P

age

3 of

6).

PC

300

Typ

e65

63/6

593

-D

eskt

op

Mo

del

70(U

) -

Ope

n B

ay

72(U

) -

Ope

n B

ay

80X

- O

pen

Bay

82X

83X

84X

85X

86X

87X

88X

8AX

No

tes:

1.N

/A =

Not

incl

uded

in m

odel

.2.

For

last

dig

it m

odel

num

ber,

see

“M

odel

tab

les

- C

ount

ry/R

egio

n/La

ngua

ge”

on p

age

202.

3.P

roce

ssor

= P

entiu

m I

II4.

Aud

io =

inte

grat

ed o

n sy

stem

boa

rd.

5.O

pen

Bay

= A

utho

rized

Ass

embl

er P

rogr

am.

See

the

not

e on

pag

e 20

3


Pre

load

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

N/A

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

N/A

CD

-RO

M

N/A

48X

Max

48X

Max

N/A

48X

Max

48X

Max

48X

Max

48X

Max

N/A

N/A

N/A

Bay

s/S

lots

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

Gra

ph

ics

S3

AG

P4

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

N/A

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

S3

AG

P4

- 8

MB

S3

AG

P4

- 8

MB

N/A

Har

d D

rive

10.1

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

N/A

10.1

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

N/A

Mem

ory

64 M

B

64 M

B

64 M

B

N/A

64 M

B

64 M

B

128

MB

128

MB

64 M

B

64 M

B

N/A

Pro

cess

or

600E

B M

Hz

600B

MH

z

600B

MH

z

667

MH

z

667

MH

z

667

MH

z

667

MH

z

667

MH

z

667

MH

z

667

MH

z

733

MH

z

Tab

le 6

(P

age

4 of

6).

PC

300

Typ

e65

63/6

593

-D

eskt

op

Mo

del

8BX

8CX

8DX

90X

- O

pen

Bay

91X

92X

93X

94X

95X

96X

99X

- O

pen

Bay

No

tes:

1.N

/A =

Not

incl

uded

in m

odel

.2.

For

last

dig

it m

odel

num

ber,

see

“M

odel

tab

les

- C

ount

ry/R

egio

n/La

ngua

ge”

on p

age

202.

3.P

roce

ssor

= P

entiu

m I

II4.

Aud

io =

inte

grat

ed o

n sy

stem

boa

rd.

5.O

pen

Bay

= A

utho

rized

Ass

embl

er P

rogr

am.

See

the

not

e on

pag

e 20

3

PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 207

Pre

load

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 20

00

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 20

00

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

CD

-RO

M

N/A

N/A

N/A

48X

Max

48X

Max

48X

Max

48X

Max

48X

Max

N/A

Bay

s/S

lots

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

Gra

ph

ics

S3

AG

P4

- 8

MB

S3

AG

P4

- 8

MB

S3

AG

P4

- 8

MB

NV

idia

AG

P4

- 32

MB

NV

idia

AG

P4

- 32

MB

S3

AG

P2

- 8

MB

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

S3/

Dia

mon

dA

GP

4 -

8 M

B

Har

d D

rive

15 G

B E

IDE

15 G

B E

IDE

15 G

B E

IDE

15 G

B E

IDE

15 G

B E

IDE

10.1

GB

EID

E

20.4

GB

EID

E

20.4

GB

EID

E

15 G

B E

IDE

Mem

ory

128

MB

128

MB

128

MB

128

MB

128

MB

128

MB

128

MB

128

MB

64 M

B

Pro

cess

or

667

MH

z

667

MH

z

667

MH

z

667

MH

z

667

MH

z

600B

MH

z

733

MH

z

733

MH

z

733

MH

z

Tab

le 6

(P

age

5 of

6).

PC

300

Typ

e65

63/6

593

-D

eskt

op

Mo

del

9AX

9BX

9CX

9DX

9EX

9FX

A1X

A2X

A3X

No

tes:

1.N

/A =

Not

incl

uded

in m

odel

.2.

For

last

dig

it m

odel

num

ber,

see

“M

odel

tab

les

- C

ount

ry/R

egio

n/La

ngua

ge”

on p

age

202.

3.P

roce

ssor

= P

entiu

m I

II4.

Aud

io =

inte

grat

ed o

n sy

stem

boa

rd.

5.O

pen

Bay

= A

utho

rized

Ass

embl

er P

rogr

am.

See

the

not

e on

pag

e 20

3


Pre

load

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

CD

-RO

M

N/A

48X

Max

48X

Max

48X

Max

48X

Max

48X

Max

48X

Max

Bay

s/S

lots

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

Gra

ph

ics

S3/

Dia

mon

dA

GP

4 -

8 M

B

NV

idia

AG

P4

- 32

MB

NV

idia

AG

P4

- 32

MB

NV

idia

AG

P4

- 32

MB

NV

idia

AG

P4

- 32

MB

NV

idia

AG

P4

- 32

MB

NV

idia

AG

P4

- 32

MB

Har

d D

rive

15 G

B E

IDE

15 G

B E

IDE

15 G

B E

IDE

20.4

GB

EID

E

20.4

GB

EID

E

20 G

B E

IDE

20 G

B E

IDE

Mem

ory

64 M

B

64 M

B

64 M

B

128

MB

128

MB

128

MB

128

MB

Pro

cess

or

733

MH

z

733

MH

z

733

MH

z

800

MH

z

800

MH

z

866

MH

z

866

MH

z

Tab

le 6

(P

age

6 of

6).

PC

300

Typ

e65

63/6

593

-D

eskt

op

Mo

del

A4X

A5X

A6X

B1X

B2X

C1X

C2X

No

tes:

1.N

/A =

Not

incl

uded

in m

odel

.2.

For

last

dig

it m

odel

num

ber,

see

“M

odel

tab

les

- C

ount

ry/R

egio

n/La

ngua

ge”

on p

age

202.

3.P

roce

ssor

= P

entiu

m I

II4.

Aud

io =

inte

grat

ed o

n sy

stem

boa

rd.

5.O

pen

Bay

= A

utho

rized

Ass

embl

er P

rogr

am.

See

the

not

e on

pag

e 20

3

PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 209

Pre

load

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

CD

-RO

M

R/W

CD

-RO

M

R/W

CD

-RO

M

R/W

CD

-RO

M

R/W

CD

-RO

M

48X

Max

48X

Max

Bay

s/S

lots

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

Gra

ph

ics

NV

idia

AG

P4

- 32

MB

NV

idia

AG

P4

- 32

MB

NV

idia

AG

P4

- 32

MB

NV

idia

AG

P4

- 32

MB

S3/

Dia

mon

dA

GP

4 -

8 M

B

S3/

Dia

mon

dA

GP

4 -

8 M

B

Har

d D

rive

30 G

B E

IDE

30 G

B E

IDE

30 G

B E

IDE

30 G

B E

IDE

20.4

GB

EID

E

20.4

GB

EID

E

Mem

ory

128

MB

128

MB

128

MB

128

MB

128

MB

128

MB

Pro

cess

or

733

MH

z

733

MH

z

733

MH

z

733

MH

z

667

MH

z

667

MH

z

Tab

le 7

(P

age

1 of

5).

PC

300

Typ

e65

64-

Mic

roto

wer

Mo

del

P1X

P2X

P3X

P5X

R1X

R2X

No

tes:

1.N

/A =

Not

incl

uded

in m

odel

.2.

For

last

dig

it m

odel

num

ber,

see

“M

odel

tab

les

- C

ount

ry/R

egio

n/La

ngua

ge”

on p

age

202.

3.P

roce

ssor

= P

entiu

m I

II4.

Aud

io =

inte

grat

ed o

n sy

stem

boa

rd.

5.M

odel

s P

1X,

P2X

, R

1X,

R2X

, S

4X,

S7X

, S

8X,

S9X

, S

AX

, S

CX

, S

DX

, S

GX

, S

HX

, S

KX

, S

LX,

SM

X,

SP

X,

SQ

X,

SS

X,

ST

X,

SW

X,

T3X

, T

4X,

com

e w

ith L

C 2

.3 E

ther

net

card

6.M

odel

s P

5X,

R3X

, R

4X,

S3X

, S

6X,

SB

X,

SE

x, S

JX,

SN

X,

SR

X,

SU

x, S

YX

com

e w

ith a

mod

em.

7.O

pen

Bay

= A

utho

rized

Ass

embl

er P

rogr

am.

See

the

not

e on

pag

e 20

3


Pre

load

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

CD

-RO

M

48X

Max

48X

Max

48X

Max

48X

Max

48X

Max

48X

Max

48X

Max

48X

Max

48X

Max

Bay

s/S

lots

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

Gra

ph

ics

S3/

Dia

mon

dA

GP

4 -

8 M

B

S3/

Dia

mon

dA

GP

4 -

8 M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8

MB

S3

AG

P2

- 8

MB

S3

AG

P2

- 8

MB

S3

AG

P2

- 8

MB

S3

AG

P2

- 8

MB

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

Har

d D

rive

20.4

GB

EID

E

20.4

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

20.4

GB

EID

E

20.4

GB

EID

E

Mem

ory

128

MB

128

MB

64 M

B

64 M

B

128

MB

128

MB

128

MB

128

MB

128

MB

Pro

cess

or

667

MH

z

667

MH

z

450

MH

z

450

MH

z

500

MH

z

500

MH

z

500

MH

z

533

MH

z

533

MH

z

Tab

le 7

(P

age

2 of

5).

PC

300

Typ

e65

64-

Mic

roto

wer

Mo

del

R3X

R4X

S3X

S4X

S6X

S7X

S8X

S9X

SA

X

No

tes:

1.N

/A =

Not

incl

uded

in m

odel

.2.

For

last

dig

it m

odel

num

ber,

see

“M

odel

tab

les

- C

ount

ry/R

egio

n/La

ngua

ge”

on p

age

202.

3.P

roce

ssor

= P

entiu

m I

II4.

Aud

io =

inte

grat

ed o

n sy

stem

boa

rd.

5.M

odel

s P

1X,

P2X

, R

1X,

R2X

, S

4X,

S7X

, S

8X,

S9X

, S

AX

, S

CX

, S

DX

, S

GX

, S

HX

, S

KX

, S

LX,

SM

X,

SP

X,

SQ

X,

SS

X,

ST

X,

SW

X,

T3X

, T

4X,

com

e w

ith L

C 2

.3 E

ther

net

card

6.M

odel

s P

5X,

R3X

, R

4X,

S3X

, S

6X,

SB

X,

SE

x, S

JX,

SN

X,

SR

X,

SU

x, S

YX

com

e w

ith a

mod

em.

7.O

pen

Bay

= A

utho

rized

Ass

embl

er P

rogr

am.

See

the

not

e on

pag

e 20

3

PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 211

Pre

load

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s 98

CD

-RO

M

48X

Max

R/W

CD

R/W

CD

R/W

CD

48X

Max

R/W

CD

R/W

CD

RW

CD

48X

Max

R/W

CD

Bay

s/S

lots

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

Gra

ph

ics

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

S3

AG

P2

- 8

MB

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

Har

d D

rive

20.4

GB

EID

E

27.2

GB

EID

E

27.2

GB

EID

E

27.2

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

27.2

GB

EID

E

27.2

GB

EID

E

27.2

GB

EID

E

27.2

GB

EID

E

27.2

GB

EID

E

Mem

ory

128

MB

128

MB

128

MB

128

MB

64 M

B

128

MB

128

MB

128

MB

128

MB

128

MB

Pro

cess

or

533

MH

z

600E

B M

Hz

600E

B M

Hz

600E

B M

Hz

500

MH

z

600B

MH

z

600B

MH

z

600B

MH

z

600B

MH

z

667

MH

z

Tab

le 7

(P

age

3 of

5).

PC

300

Typ

e65

64-

Mic

roto

wer

Mo

del

SB

X

SC

X

SD

X

SE

x

SF

X

SG

X

SH

X

SJX

SK

X

SLX

No

tes:

1.N

/A =

Not

incl

uded

in m

odel

.2.

For

last

dig

it m

odel

num

ber,

see

“M

odel

tab

les

- C

ount

ry/R

egio

n/La

ngua

ge”

on p

age

202.

3.P

roce

ssor

= P

entiu

m I

II4.

Aud

io =

inte

grat

ed o

n sy

stem

boa

rd.

5.M

odel

s P

1X,

P2X

, R

1X,

R2X

, S

4X,

S7X

, S

8X,

S9X

, S

AX

, S

CX

, S

DX

, S

GX

, S

HX

, S

KX

, S

LX,

SM

X,

SP

X,

SQ

X,

SS

X,

ST

X,

SW

X,

T3X

, T

4X,

com

e w

ith L

C 2

.3 E

ther

net

card

6.M

odel

s P

5X,

R3X

, R

4X,

S3X

, S

6X,

SB

X,

SE

x, S

JX,

SN

X,

SR

X,

SU

x, S

YX

com

e w

ith a

mod

em.

7.O

pen

Bay

= A

utho

rized

Ass

embl

er P

rogr

am.

See

the

not

e on

pag

e 20

3


Pre

load

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 20

00

Win

dow

s 98

CD

-RO

M

R/W

CD

R/W

CD

48X

Max

48X

Max

48X

Max

R/W

CD

-RO

M

R/W

CD

-RO

M

48X

Max

48X

Max

Bay

s/S

lots

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

Gra

ph

ics

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

NV

idia

AG

P4

- 32

MB

NV

idia

AG

P4

- 32

MB

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

S3

AG

P2

- 8

MB

Har

d D

rive

27.2

GB

EID

E

27.2

GB

EID

E

20.4

GB

EID

E

20.4

GB

EID

E

20.4

GB

EID

E

30 G

B E

IDE

30 G

B E

IDE

20.4

GB

EID

E

27.2

GB

EID

E

Mem

ory

128

MB

128

MB

128

MB

128

MB

128

MB

128

MB

128

MB

128

MB

128

MB

Pro

cess

or

667

MH

z

667

MH

z

533E

B M

Hz

533E

B M

Hz

533E

B M

Hz

667

MH

z

667

MH

z

600B

MH

z

600B

MH

z

Tab

le 7

(P

age

4 of

5).

PC

300

Typ

e65

64-

Mic

roto

wer

Mo

del

SM

X

SN

X

SP

X

SQ

X

SR

X

SS

X

ST

X

SU

x

SV

(J)

No

tes:

1.N

/A =

Not

incl

uded

in m

odel

.2.

For

last

dig

it m

odel

num

ber,

see

“M

odel

tab

les

- C

ount

ry/R

egio

n/La

ngua

ge”

on p

age

202.

3.P

roce

ssor

= P

entiu

m I

II4.

Aud

io =

inte

grat

ed o

n sy

stem

boa

rd.

5.M

odel

s P

1X,

P2X

, R

1X,

R2X

, S

4X,

S7X

, S

8X,

S9X

, S

AX

, S

CX

, S

DX

, S

GX

, S

HX

, S

KX

, S

LX,

SM

X,

SP

X,

SQ

X,

SS

X,

ST

X,

SW

X,

T3X

, T

4X,

com

e w

ith L

C 2

.3 E

ther

net

card

6.M

odel

s P

5X,

R3X

, R

4X,

S3X

, S

6X,

SB

X,

SE

x, S

JX,

SN

X,

SR

X,

SU

x, S

YX

com

e w

ith a

mod

em.

7.O

pen

Bay

= A

utho

rized

Ass

embl

er P

rogr

am.

See

the

not

e on

pag

e 20

3

PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 213

Pre

load

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 20

00

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

CD

-RO

M

R/W

CD

-RO

M

R/W

CD

-RO

M

48X

Max

48X

Max

48X

Max

Bay

s/S

lots

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

Gra

ph

ics

NV

idia

AG

P4

- 32

MB

NV

idia

AG

P4

- 32

MB

NV

idia

AG

P4

- 32

MB

S3

AG

P2

- 8

MB

S3

AG

P2

- 8

MB

Har

d D

rive

30 G

B E

IDE

30 G

B E

IDE

20.4

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

Mem

ory

128

MB

128

MB

128

MB

64 M

B

64 M

B

Pro

cess

or

800

MH

z

800

MH

z

667

MH

z

600B

MH

z

600B

MH

z

Tab

le 7

(P

age

5 of

5).

PC

300

Typ

e65

64-

Mic

roto

wer

Mo

del

SW

X

SX

X

SY

X

T3X

T4X

No

tes:

1.N

/A =

Not

incl

uded

in m

odel

.2.

For

last

dig

it m

odel

num

ber,

see

“M

odel

tab

les

- C

ount

ry/R

egio

n/La

ngua

ge”

on p

age

202.

3.P

roce

ssor

= P

entiu

m I

II4.

Aud

io =

inte

grat

ed o

n sy

stem

boa

rd.

5.M

odel

s P

1X,

P2X

, R

1X,

R2X

, S

4X,

S7X

, S

8X,

S9X

, S

AX

, S

CX

, S

DX

, S

GX

, S

HX

, S

KX

, S

LX,

SM

X,

SP

X,

SQ

X,

SS

X,

ST

X,

SW

X,

T3X

, T

4X,

com

e w

ith L

C 2

.3 E

ther

net

card

6.M

odel

s P

5X,

R3X

, R

4X,

S3X

, S

6X,

SB

X,

SE

x, S

JX,

SN

X,

SR

X,

SU

x, S

YX

com

e w

ith a

mod

em.

7.O

pen

Bay

= A

utho

rized

Ass

embl

er P

rogr

am.

See

the

not

e on

pag

e 20

3


Pre

load

N/A

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

N/A

N/A

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

N/A

N/A

CD

-RO

M

N/A

N/A

N/A

40X

Max

40X

Max

N/A

N/A

40X

Max

40X

Max

N/A

N/A

Bay

s/S

lots

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

Gra

ph

ics

N/A

S3

AG

P2

- 8

MB

S3

AG

P2

- 8

MB

S3

AG

P2

- 8

MB

S3

AG

P2

- 8

MB

N/A

N/A

S3

AG

P2

- 8

MB

S3

AG

P2

- 8

MB

N/A

N/A

Har

d D

rive

N/A

10.1

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

N/A

N/A

13.5

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

N/A

N/A

Mem

ory

N/A

64 M

B

64 M

B

64 M

B

64 M

B

N/A

N/A

64 M

B

64 M

B

N/A

N/A

Pro

cess

or

450

MH

z

450

MH

z

450

MH

z

500

MH

z

500

MH

z

500

MH

z

533E

B M

Hz

533E

B M

Hz

533E

B M

Hz

800

MH

z

866

MH

z

Tab

le 8

(P

age

1 of

3).

PC

300

Typ

e65

74-

Mic

roto

wer

Mo

del

20X

- O

pen

Bay

23X

28X

45X

47X

40X

- O

pen

Bay

60X

- O

pen

Bay

61X

62X

70(U

) -

Ope

n B

ay

72(U

) -

Ope

n B

ay

No

tes:

1.N

/A =

Not

incl

uded

in m

odel

.2.

For

last

dig

it m

odel

num

ber,

see

“M

odel

tab

les

- C

ount

ry/R

egio

n/La

ngua

ge”

on p

age

202.

3.P

roce

ssor

= P

entiu

m I

II w

ith 5

12 K

B L

2 C

ache

.4.

Aud

io =

inte

grat

ed o

n sy

stem

boa

rd.

5.O

pen

Bay

= A

utho

rized

Ass

embl

er P

rogr

am.

See

the

not

e on

pag

e 20

3

PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 215

Pre

load

N/A

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

N/A

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

N/A

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

CD

-RO

M

N/A

48X

Max

48X

Max

N/A

48X

Max

48X

Max

N/A

48X

Max

48X

Max

48X

Max

Bay

s/S

lots

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

Gra

ph

ics

N/A

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

N/A

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

N/A

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

NV

idia

AG

P4

- 32

MB

Har

d D

rive

N/A

13.5

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

N/A

13.5

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

N/A

20.4

GB

EID

E

20.4

GB

EID

E

20.4

GB

EID

E

Mem

ory

N/A

128

MB

128

MB

N/A

128

MB

128

MB

N/A

128

MB

128

MB

128

MB

Pro

cess

or

600E

B M

Hz

600E

B M

Hz

600E

B M

Hz

667

MH

z

667

MH

z

667

MH

z

733

MH

z

733

MH

z

733

MH

z

733

MH

z

Tab

le 8

(P

age

2 of

3).

PC

300

Typ

e65

74-

Mic

roto

wer

Mo

del

80X

- O

pen

Bay

82X

83X

90X

- O

pen

Bay

91X

92X

99X

- O

pen

Bay

A1X

A2X

A3X

No

tes:

1.N

/A =

Not

incl

uded

in m

odel

.2.

For

last

dig

it m

odel

num

ber,

see

“M

odel

tab

les

- C

ount

ry/R

egio

n/La

ngua

ge”

on p

age

202.

3.P

roce

ssor

= P

entiu

m I

II w

ith 5

12 K

B L

2 C

ache

.4.

Aud

io =

inte

grat

ed o

n sy

stem

boa

rd.

5.O

pen

Bay

= A

utho

rized

Ass

embl

er P

rogr

am.

See

the

not

e on

pag

e 20

3


Pre

load

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

CD

-RO

M

48X

Max

48X

Max

48X

Max

Bay

s/S

lots

4X4

4X4

4X4

Gra

ph

ics

NV

idia

AG

P4

- 32

MB

NV

idia

AG

P4

- 32

MB

NV

idia

AG

P4

- 32

MB

Har

d D

rive

20.4

GB

EID

E

20.4

GB

EID

E

20.4

GB

EID

E

Mem

ory

128

MB

128

MB

128

MB

Pro

cess

or

733

MH

z

800

MH

z

800

MH

z

Tab

le 8

(P

age

3 of

3).

PC

300

Typ

e65

74-

Mic

roto

wer

Mo

del

A4X

B1X

B2X

No

tes:

1.N

/A =

Not

incl

uded

in m

odel

.2.

For

last

dig

it m

odel

num

ber,

see

“M

odel

tab

les

- C

ount

ry/R

egio

n/La

ngua

ge”

on p

age

202.

3.P

roce

ssor

= P

entiu

m I

II w

ith 5

12 K

B L

2 C

ache

.4.

Aud

io =

inte

grat

ed o

n sy

stem

boa

rd.

5.O

pen

Bay

= A

utho

rized

Ass

embl

er P

rogr

am.

See

the

not

e on

pag

e 20

3

PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 217

Notes:


Parts (Type 6563, 6593)

1

2

34

5 6

78

910

1112

13

14

15

PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 219

Parts listingIndex System (Type 6563) FRU

No. 1 Top Cover Assembly 09K9825 2 Power Supply-145W 01K9870 2 Power Supply-145W (China) 36L8815 2 Power Supply-145W (Japan) 20L2314 3 Fan Duct Kit 09N4512 4 Hard File/Floppy Bracket 37L5094 5 Bezel Kit 37L5097 6 CD-ROM (40X Max) primary 36L8789

Order either of the below 40X MAXCD-ROM optional drives.

6 CD-ROM (40X Max) optional 09N0879 6 CD-ROM (40X Max) optional 09N0889 6 CD-ROM (48X Max) 09N0735 6 CD-ROM Read/Write 36L8719 7 1.44 MB, 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive 75H9550 7 1.44 MB, 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive

(Japan)75H9552

8 5.0 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 09N0967 8 10.1 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 36L8681 8 13.0 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 09N0873 8 13.5 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 36L8689 8 15 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 09N0851

Order either of the below20.4 GB hard drives

8 20.4 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 36L8628 8 20.4 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 37L5723 9 Front Bezel Assembly 37L509610 Fan/Card Guide Assembly 37L509311 Memory - 64 MB SDRAM, Non-Parity 33L307211 Memory - 128 MB SDRAM, Non-Parity 33L307412 System Board - for 500/533/600B

processors (no processor, no memory)61H2587

12 System Board - for 533EB/600EB andhigher processors (no processor, nomemory)

61H2569

13 Pentium III 450/100 MHz. 00N387813 Pentium III 500/100 MHz. 00N387913 Pentium III 533/133 MHz. 33L406613 Pentium III 533EB MHz. 09N346213 Pentium III 550/100 MHz. 37L560313 Pentium III 600B/133 MHz. 01N265713 Pentium III 600EB MHz 37L603413 Pentium III 667 MHz 00N362213 Pentium III 733 MHz 00N717413 Pentium III 800 MHz 09N909713 Pentium III 866 MHz 09N487714 Chassis Assembly 09N450815 Ethernet Adapter - Lake Clark 2.3 30L592915 Ethernet Adapter - Accton 01N3003 Cable - ATA-66 2 Drop 37L5098 Cable - CD-ROM Audio 75H9219 Cable - Diskette Drive 33L2596 Cable - Hard Disk Cable, ATA 37L4525 Cable - Wake On Ring 76H7345 EMC Shield Kit for System Board 37L5095 Foot (4) 03K9655 EMC Shield for 5.25-inch Bay 20L3073 LED/Power Switch Assembly 37L5092


Index System (Type 6563) FRUNo.

Lithium Battery 33F8354 Miscellaneous Hardware Kit 20L3094 Mouse - 2 button 10L6145 Name Plate (6563) 00n6083

NVidia AGP4 32 MB Video Card 10K1291 Power Button 10K1705

Savage2 Video Card-143 4xAGP 33L1618Savage4 Video Card -100 2xAGP 09N5898Video Card 4xAGP Dongle 09N3435S3 Diamond Video Card 10K2940Speaker/Cable Assembly 01K4909

URM retainer Kit 33L4521 X-wide upper bay bezel 10K1707 X-wide lower bay bezel 10K1709

PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 221


1

23

4 56 7

89

1011

15

16

1213

14

17

1819

20

21


Parts listingIndex System (Type 6564, 6574) FRU

No. 1 Top Cover Assembly 37L2499

Order either of the below40X Max CD-ROM Drives

2 CD-ROM (40X Max) primary 36L8789Order either of the below 40X MAXCD-ROM optional drives.

6 CD-ROM (40X Max) optional 09N0879 6 CD-ROM (40X Max) optional 09N0889 2 CD-ROM (48X Max) 09N0735 (Order either of the Read/Write

CD-ROM drives below thatmatch the FRU number of the drivebeing replaced)

2 CD-ROM (Read/Write) 36L8719 2 CD-ROM (Read/Write) 09N0897 3 Front Bezel Assembly 37L2505 4 EMC Shield for 5.25" Bay 20L3073 5 Blank Bezel 5.25" Bay 37L2508 6 Door Assembly 37L2506 7 Blank Door Bezel 37L2507 8 1.44 MB, 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive 75H9550 8 1.44 MB, 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive

(Japan)75H9552

9 Speaker with Cable Assembly 01K490910 Fan Assembly 37L452611 Hard Disk Mounting Bracket 37L250112 10.1 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive (6574) 36L868112 13.5 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 36L8689


12 20.4 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 36L862812 20.4 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 37L5723


12 27.2 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive (6564) 09N070712 27.2 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive (6564) 09N072712 30 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive (6564) 09N092513 Hard Drive Rails (Qty 2) 01K153914 System Board - for 450/500/533/600B



61H2569

15 NVidia AGP4 32 MB Video Card 10K129115 Savage4 Video Card - 100 2xAGP 09N589815 Savage2 Video Card - 143 4xAGP 33L1618

Video Card 4xAGP Dongle 09N343515 S3 Diamond Video card 10K294015 Ethernet Adapter - Lake Clark 2.3 30L592915 Ethernet Adapter - Accton 01N300316 Power Supply Bracket 37L250217 Power Supply-145W 01K987017 Power Supply-145W (China) 36L881517 Power Supply-145W (Japan) 20L231418 Fan Duct 37L251219 Pentium III 450/100 MHz. 00N387819 Pentium III 500/100 MHz. 00N387919 Pentium III 533/133 MHz. 37L5708

PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 223

Index System (Type 6564, 6574) FRUNo.

19 Pentium III 533EB MHz. 09N346419 Pentium III 600B/133 MHz 01N265619 Pentium III 600EB MHz 37L571019 Pentium III 667 MHz 01N271819 Pentium III 733 MHz 09N346619 Pentium III 800 MHz 10K299720 Memory - 64 MB SDRAM, Non-Parity 33L307220 Memory - 128 MB SDRAM, Non-Parity 33L307421 Base Frame Assembly 37L2500 Cable - CD-ROM Audio 75H9219 Cable - ATA-66 2 Drop 37L5098 Cable - Diskette Drive 01K1513 Cable - Hard Disk Cable, ATA 37L4525 Cable - Wake On Ring 76H7345 EMC Shield for System Board 37L2504 Foot (4) 03K9655 LED/Power Switch Assembly 37L2511 Lithium Battery 33F8354 Miscellaneous Hardware Kit 20L3094 Modem - ADSL (6564) 00N4354 Modem - Domestic (6564) 01N2833 Modem - Universal - EMEA and Asia

Pacific South (6564)01N2834

Mouse - 2 button (6574) 10L6145 Mouse - Scrollpoint (6564) 28L1865 Name Plate (6564, 6574) 37L2510 Power button (6564, 6574) 10K1701 URM retainer Kit 33L4521


Keyboards - PCNext Lite (PC 300 Type 6563/6564/6574)

Arabic 37L2518Belgian-French 37L2519Belgian-UK 37L2520Brazil/Portugal 28L1826Bulgarian 37L2521Chinese 37L2548Czech 37L2522Danish 37L2523Dutch 37L2524French 37L2525French/Canadian-ID 058 37L0912French/Canadian-ID 044 37L2515German 37L2526Greek 37L2527Hebrew 37L2528Hungarian 37L2529Italian 37L2531Korean 28L1860Japanese 28L1858Latin/Spanish 37L2516Norwegian 37L2532Polish 37L2533Portuguese 37L2534Romania 37L2535Russian 37L2536Serbian/Cyrillic 37L2537Slovakian 37L2538Spanish 37L2539Swed/Finn 37L2540Swiss French/German 37L2541Thailand 37L2550Turkish (ID 179) 37L2542Turkish (ID 440) 37L2543UK English 37L2544US English 37L2514UK English (ISO Compliant) 37L2546Yugoslavian 37L2545

PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 225


Arabic Countries 14F0033Argentina 36L8880Australia 93F2365Belgium 1339520Bulgaria 1339520Canada 93F2364Chile 14F0069Czechoslovakia 1339520Denmark 13F9997Finland 1339520France 1339520Germany 1339520Hungary 1339520Israel 14F0087Italy 14F0069Latin-America 6952301Netherlands 1339520New Zealand 93F2365Norway 1339520Paraguay 36L8880Poland 1339520Portugal 1339520Serbia 1339520Slovakia 1339520South Africa 14F0015Spain 1339520Switzerland 1339520Switzerland (French, German) 14F0051U.S. 93F2364UK, Ireland 14F0033Uruguay 36L8880Yugoslavia 1339520



1

23

4 56 7

89

1011

15

16

1213

14

17

1819

20

21

PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 227

Parts listingIndex System (Type 2178, 2198) FRU

No. 1 Top Cover Assembly 37L2499 1 Top Cover Assembly (2178-black) 09N1745 2 CD-ROM DRIVE - 48X 09N0735 2 CD-ROM (Read/Write) 09N0897 2 CD-ROM (Read/Write) (2178-black) 19K1509 2 CD-ROM (8x4x32 Read/Write) 09N0891 2 8X DVD - Primary 09N0749 2 8X DVD - optional 09N0765 2 8X DVD (2178-black) 09N0767 2 8X DVD Primary (2178-black) 09N0751 3 Front Bezel Assembly 37L2505 3 Front Bezel Assembly (2178-black) 09N1746 4 EMC Shield for 5.25" Bay 20L3073 5 Blank Bezel 5.25" Bay 37L2508 5 Blank Bezel 5.25" Bay (2178-black) 09N1749 6 Door Assembly 37L2506 6 Door Assembly (2178-black) 09N1747 7 Blank Door Bezel 37L2507 7 Blank Door Bezel (2178-black) 09N1748 8 1.44 MB, 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive 75H9550 9 Speakers with Cable Assembly 10K2601 9 Speakers (2178-black) 10K2603 9 Speaker brick - Australia/New Zealand

(2178)10K2595

9 Speaker brick - Brazil (2178) 10K2789 9 Speaker brick - China (2178) 10K2597 9 Speaker brick - EMEA (2178) 10K2591 9 Speaker brick - GB/UK (2178) 10K2589 9 Speaker brick - Hong Kong (2178) 19K2551 9 Speaker brick - US/Taiwan/Canada 10K258710 Fan Assembly 37L452611 Hard Disk Mounting Bracket 37L250112 15.0 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 09N0851


12 20.4 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 36L862812 20.4 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 37L572312 30 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 09N092512 40 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 09N096512 45 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 19K156913 Hard Drive Rails (Qty 2) 01K153914 System Board (no processor, no

memory)61H2541

14 System Board (2178 model 70P, 80Ponly) (no processor, no memory)

61H2569

15 Audio card - Creative Soundblaster(2198)

19K7990

15 Video card - NVidia NV10 VGA - 32MB

19K2960

15 Video card - NVidia NV15 VGA - 32MB (2198)

19K8168

15 Savage4 Video Card 2x AGP (2178) 09N589815 Video card - 4xAGP W/32MB w/TV out 09N1708 Dongle for 4xAGP video card 09N343515 Aureal Audio Adapter 09N166115 Askey modem - domestic 09N162715 Askey modem - universal (2178) 09N162615 GVC modem - domestic primary 09N1678


Index System (Type 2178, 2198) FRUNo.

15 GVC modem - universal primary (2178) 09N167615 Home PNA combo adapter 10K202916 Power Supply Bracket 37L250217 Power Supply-145W 01K987017 Power Supply-145W (China) (2178) 36L881518 Fan Duct 37L251219 Pentium III 533EB MHz. 09N346219 Pentium III 600EB MHz 37L571019 Pentium III 667 MHz 01N271819 Pentium III 733 MHz 09N346619 Pentium III 800 MHz 10K299719 Pentium III 866 MHz 10K295819 Pentium III 933 MHz 19K812420 Memory - 64 MB SDRAM, Non-Parity 33L307220 Memory - 128 MB SDRAM, Non-Parity 33L307421 Base Frame Assembly 09N1788 Ethernet card - Accton (2178) 01N3003 Cable - CD-ROM Audio 09N1782 Cable - ATA-66 2 Drop 37L5098 Cable - Diskette Drive 01K1513 Cable - Hard Disk Cable, ATA 37L4525 Cable - Midi game port 09N1786 Cable - Wake On Ring 76H7345 EMC Shield for System Board 37L2504 Foot (4) 03K9655 LED/Power Switch Assembly 37L2511 Lithium Battery 33F8354 Microphone 01N1851 Miscellaneous Hardware Kit 20L3094 Mouse - Scrollpoint 28L1865 Mouse - Scrollpoint (2178-black) 28L1868 Name Plate (2178/2198) 01N3057 Name Plate (2178-black) 09N1750 Power Button 10K1701 URM retainer Kit 33L4521

PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 229

Keyboards - Rapid Access II - Aptiva Type 2178/2198)

Belgian-French 37L2612Belgian-French (black) 37L2634Belgian-UK 37L2596Belgian-UK (black) 37L2618Brazil/Portugal 37L2594Brazil/Portugal (black) 37L2616Chinese 37L2611Chinese (black) 37L2633Danish 37L2597Danish (black) 37L2619Dutch 37L2598Dutch (black) 37L2620French 37L2599French (black) 37L2621French/Canadian-ID 045 37L2592French/Canadian-ID 045 (black) 37L2635French/Canadian-ID 058 37L2591French/Canadian-ID 058 (black) 37L2614Latin/Spanish 37L2593Latin/Spanish (black) 37L2615Norwegian 37L2603Norwegian (black) 37L2625Portuguese 37L2604Portuguese (black) 37L2626Spanish 37L2605Spanish (black) 37L2627Swedish /Finland 37L2606Swedish/Finland (black) 37L2628UK English 37L2608UK English (black) 37L2630UK English (ISO) 37L2609UK English (ISO) (black) 37L2631US English 37L2590US English (black) 37L2613








PC 300 - 6563/6593/6564/6574 Aptiva - 2178/2198 231


PC 300 - 6565/6566

This section contains the general checkout procedures,additional service information, computer exploded view,Symptom-to-FRU indexes, undetermined problem, modeltables, and parts listings for the IBM PC 300, type6565/6566 computer.

Note





Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Navigating through the diagnostic programs . . 246Running diagnostic tests . . . . . . . . . . . 247Test selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247IBM PC Enhanced Memory Diagnostics . . . . 247Alert On LAN test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Asset ID test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Test results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Hard file Smart test . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249IBM Fixed Disk Optimized Test . . . . . . . . 249Quick and Full erase - hard drive . . . . . . . 250Iomega Zip Drive Test . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Asset EEPROM backup . . . . . . . . . . . 250Viewing the test log . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

SIMM/DIMM memory errors . . . . . . . . 251Setup Utility program . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Hard disk drive boot error . . . . . . . . . . 253When to use the Low-Level Format program . 254Preparing the hard disk drive for use . . . . . 254

Product description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255Specifications Type 6565/6566 . . . . . . . . 256

Additional service information . . . . . . . . . . 257


Replacing a processor . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Replacing a system board . . . . . . . . . . 258Security features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258


Vital product data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Management Information Format (MIF) . . . . 260Alert on LAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Hard disk drive jumper settings . . . . . . . . 262


Automatic configuration and power interface(ACPI) BIOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266




Enhanced Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268Network settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Flash over LAN (update POST/BIOS over


Computer exploded view (Type 6565/6566) . . . . 272Input/Output connectors . . . . . . . . . . . 273Cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Front panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Front bezel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276EMC shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Diskette/hard drive bracket . . . . . . . . . . 276CD-ROM drive removal . . . . . . . . . . . 277Power supply removal . . . . . . . . . . . . 278Optional pedestal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278

System board layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279System board locations . . . . . . . . . . . 280System board switch settings . . . . . . . . . 281



Type/Model configuration tables (6565/6566) . 306Parts (Type 6565/6566) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314



PC 300 - 6565/6566 235

General checkoutThis general checkout procedure is for Type 6565/6566computers.

Attention




Notes







001






Note

Type 6565/6566 computers default to come up quiet(No beep and no memory count and checkpointcode display) when no errors are detected byPOST.




002









003




PC 300 - 6565/6566 237

(CONTINUED)









PC 300 - 6565/6566 239

Keyboard Note


001



Pin123456


6

2

34

5


002


003

















Reseat


Power Cord


Power-on Switch


PC 300 - 6565/6566 241


Attention


1 10

11 20

Pin Signal Function

1 3.3 V +3.3 V dc

2 3.3 V +3.3 V dc

3 COM Ground

4 5 V +5 V dc

5 COM Ground

6 5 V +5 V dc

7 COM Ground

8 POK Power Good


10 12 V +12 V dc

11 3.3 V +3.3 V dc

12 -12 V -12 V dc

13 COM Ground


15 COM Ground

16 COM Ground

17 COM Ground


19 5 V +5 V dc

20 5 V +5 V dc








Note



Note






PC 300 - 6565/6566 243






Note

Type 6565/6566 computers default to come up quiet(No beep and no memory count and checkpoint codedisplay) when no errors are detected by POST.







Note







Notes






PC 300 - 6565/6566 245




Select Diagnostics






Note
























PC 300 - 6565/6566 247



Memory Test-Full


Memory Test-Quick


Notes











FunctionCode

FailureType







Note












PC 300 - 6565/6566 249







Important



















Re-run the test.




Re-run the test.





Reflash theBIOS.



PC 300 - 6565/6566 251


Test aborted byuser

User stoppedtest.

Restart test.

Note:

"Y" is the SIMM/DIMM socket number. Use the SystemBoard Layouts section in the latest PC 300/700, IntelliStationHardware Maintenance Manual, HMM, to reference thememory sockets.
















Cause Actions





PC 300 - 6565/6566 253

Cause Actions








Notes











Product descriptionThe PC 300 Type 6565/6566 computer is available in 4 x 4,(Four drive bays, four I/O adapter slots, including an AGPsocket) as desktop models.

Security

– Administrator password – Cover lock – Power-on password– Operating system password

– C2 security– U-bolt and cable (Optional for some models)


Common parts(Varies with each model, see “Type/Modelconfiguration tables (6565/6566)” on page 306.)





PC 300 - 6565/6566 255


Feature Description








Airflow Approximately 0.5 cubic meters/minute(18 CFM)







Additional service informationThe following additional service information supports thePC 300 types 6565/6566.

“Replacing a processor”“Replacing a system board” on page 258“Security features” on page 258“Passwords” on page 258“Vital product data” on page 260“Management Information Format (MIF)” on page 260“Alert on LAN” on page 261“Hard disk drive jumper settings” on page 262“CD-ROM drive jumper settings” on page 263“BIOS levels” on page 264“Flash (BIOS/VPD) update procedure” on page 265“Flash recovery boot block” on page 265“Power management” on page 266“Enhanced Security” on page 268“Network settings” on page 269“Flash over LAN (update POST/BIOS over network)”on page 269“Wake on LAN” on page 270“System board memory” on page 271


Important


PC 300 - 6565/6566 257



















Attention

If Enhanced Security is not enabled, this procedurewill remove the administrator password, all setup andboot sequence settings and privilege access. Makesure these settings are recorded before you performthis procedure.

If Enhanced Security is enabled, Only EnhancedSecurity functions like boot sequence and privilegeaccess will not be changed. Other settings will becleared


2. Refer to “System board layout” on page 279 to findthe CMOS switch.

3. Move the CMOS switch to the on position.


It is necessary to move the CMOS switch to theoff position.


PC 300 - 6565/6566 259


Note

Type 6565/6566 have Enhanced Security Mode. IfEnhanced Security mode is enabled and there is nopassword given, the computer will act as if EnhancedSecurity is disabled.
















PC 300 - 6565/6566 261

Hard disk drive jumper settingsIDE hard disk drives for the PC 300 series computers usejumpers to set the drives as primary (master) or secondary(slave).

Attention





IDE Drives



AUDIO IDE INTERFACE

See Jumper

Settings Below

DC INPUT


40

1

2


Primary(Master)

Secondary(Slave)


: : : : : : : :


: : : : : : : :

6X CD-ROM : : : :

8X CD-ROM : : : :







PC 300 - 6565/6566 263



















If an interruption occurs during a Flash/BIOS upgrade,the BIOS might be left in an unusable state. TheCMOS switch enables you to restart the system andrecover the BIOS.

To perform a Flash/BIOS recovery using the CMOSSwitch:

1. Power-off the computer and remove the cover.2. Move the system board CMOS switch to the on

position. Refer to “System board layout” onpage 279 or the information label inside the computerfor more information.






9. When you are instructed to reboot the computer,power-off the computer and move the CMOS switchto the off position. Then, replace the cover andpower-on the computer.

PC 300 - 6565/6566 265




Attention









Processor Speed:



Display:



















PC 300 - 6565/6566 267




Enhanced Security Note



Enhanced Security is an additional security featureavailable on type 6565/6566.

Enhanced Security can be enabled or disabled only whenyou update system programs. If Enhanced Security isenabled and the administrator password has not been set,the computer will operate as if Enhanced Security isdisabled.

If Enhanced Security is enabled and the administratorpassword has been set, the computer has these additionalsecurity measures:

The contents of the security EEPROM (theadministrator password and startup sequence) areprotected if the battery or CMOS memory fails.

The security EEPROM is protected from unauthorizedaccess. The security EEPROM cannot be read fromor written to by any software application or systemsoftware until Enhanced Security is disabled and thecomputer is restarted. In a network environment, thismight prevent certain functions from being performedon the computer.


Remote Administration is locked and cannot beunlocked until Enhanced Security is disabled and thecomputer is restarted. This prevents the systemprograms in the computer from being updatedremotely.

The configuration settings in the Configuration/SetupUtility program are protected and cannot be changeduntil the administrator password has been entered.Any changes in computer hardware detected by thesystem programs in the computer will generate aconfiguration error until the administrator passwordhas been entered.

To enable or disable Enhanced Security:

1. Insert a system programs update diskette into thediskette drive (drive A). System programs updatesare available at http://www.ibm.com/pc/support/us/on the World Wide Web.

2. Power-on the computer. If it is powered on, you mustpower-off then power-on.

3. The update begins, the computer halts, and you areprompted for the administrator password (if you haveset an administrator password). The computerremains in a halted state until the administratorpassword is entered.

4. When the administrator password is entered, or if noadministrator password has been set, the updatediskette will continue to run, and you are given theoption of enabling or disabling Enhanced Security.The choice is automatically recorded in the SystemSecurity menu of the Configuration/Setup Utilityprogram.






PC 300 - 6565/6566 269






















DIMM sizes of 64 MB, 128 MB, and 256 MB ECC or 64MB, 128 MB, and 256 MB, and 512 MB Non-ECC areacceptable. Start filling DIMM socket 0, then 1. Use 3.3 Vunbuffered 133 MHz. SDRAM DIMMs only.

ComputerName

Memory Module

Size Speed Type

PC 300Type6565/6566


133 MHz SDRAMECC/Non-ECC IndustryStandard

PC 300 - 6565/6566 271


I/O connectors and removal procedures for the cover, frontpanel, front bezel, EMC shield, diskette/hard drive bracket,CD-ROM drive, power supply, and optional pedestal are onthe following pages.



USB 1

Parallel

Microphone

Headphone/Line Out

Line InKeyboard

Mouse

Serial 1

Serial 2

USB 2

11

22

DVIMonitor

SVGAMonitor

PC 300 - 6565/6566 273

Cover removal




3. Lift cover up.







Front panel








PC 300 - 6565/6566 275





EMC shield




2. Remove the diskette and hard drive cables.











Note


PC 300 - 6565/6566 277




1. Remove the top cover.2. Remove the air duct.3. Disconnect the power supply connectors.4. Remove the four screws securing the power supply to

the chassis.5. Move power supply inward, then lift out of the

chassis.

Optional pedestalTo remove the optional pedestal:

1. Lay the computer on its side where the pedestal isoverhanging the edge of a table or desk.

2. Pull out on the plastic tab underneath the pedestaland move the pedestal toward the tab end, then, pullthe pedestal away from the cover.


System board layout

12345678

OF

F

OF

F

1234

PC 300 - 6565/6566 279


1 Processor socket2 DIMM socket 03 DIMM socket 14 Processor fan connector

5 Power connector6 Power Switch/LED connector

7 RFID connector8 Primary IDE connector9 Secondary IDE connector1 Diskette Drive connector11 Switch 2 assembly12 Switch 1 assembly13 Front Fan connector14 Battery15 C2 security connector16 Wake on LAN connector17 Alert on LAN connector18 CD Audio connector19 PCI 1 slot2 PCI 2 slot21 PCI 3 slot22 Internal Speaker connector23 AGP connector24 Parallel connector25 Microphone connector26 Line Out connector27 Line In connector28 USB connectors29 Mouse/Keyboard connectors3 Serial connectors (COM 1, COM 2)


System board switch settingsThe following tables contain the switch (SW1) settinginformation. (D) indicates the default setting.

Note

Switch assembly 2 (SW2) switches should be in theoff position.

Diskette write access Switch (SW1-1)

Clear CMOS Switch (SW1-2)

Note

The Clear CMOS switch (SW1-2) is also used to resetpasswords.




Processor speed for the PC 300 type 6565 computer isfixed and is determined by the processor. There are nosettings required.

Diskette Access SW1-1

Write enabled Off (D)

Write protected On

Clear CMOS SW1-2

Normal mode Off (D)

CMOS clear On

Reserved SW1-3

Reserved Off

Reserved SW1-4

Reserved Off

PC 300 - 6565/6566 281


Notes


Important


Type 6565/6566 computer defaults to come upquiet (No beep and no memory count andcheckpoint code display) when no errors aredetected by POST. To enable Beep and memorycount and checkpoint code display when asuccessful POST occurs:





Beeps Description








1. System Board

1-2-XDMA error

1. System Board





2-1-1, 2-1-2 1. Run Setup

2. System Board




2. System Board






1. System Board






PC 300 - 6565/6566 283







2. System Board


2. System Board


1. System Board





2. System Board



2. System Board




Type 6565/6566 computer defaults to come up quiet(No beep and no memory count and checkpoint codedisplay) when no errors are detected by POST.





1. System Board






PC 300 - 6565/6566 285





02X 1. SCSI Adapter




1. System Board


1. System Board

106 1. System Board









3. System Board


1. System Board




3. System Board








5. System Board






3. System Board






2. System Board



2. Processor



2. System Board


PC 300 - 6565/6566 287



2. System Board



1. System Board

178 1. System Board


184No RFID Antenna

1. Make sure AssetCare and Asset IDare enabled inConfiguration/Setup.

2. RFID Antenna 3. System Board



186 1. System Board


2. System Board



1. System Board


1. System Board




















2. System Board


3. System Board


retry.




4. System Board



3. System Board




5. Power Supply

PC 300 - 6565/6566 289
















1101, 1102, 1106,1108, 1109



2. System Board





2. System Board



2. System Board




2. System Board











1. System Board


1202, 1206, 1208,1209, 12XX







Information only


Information only


















5. Power Supply

PC 300 - 6565/6566 291










Adapter


1. BSC Adapter




1. Display



2409 1. Display







5. System Board











38XX 1. DAC Adapter














2. Adapter Cable


2. Adapter Cable










2. System Board

PC 300 - 6565/6566 293



(Mouse)






3. System Board

10101, 10102, 1010410105, 10106, 1010710108, 10109, 1011110112, 10113, 1011410115, 10116


2. Modem







2. Modem


2. Modem



10132, 10133, 1013410135, 10136, 1013710138, 10139, 1014010141, 10142, 1014310144, 10145, 1014610147, 10148, 1014910150, 10151, 10152

1. Modem






10450, 10451, 1049010491, 10492, 10499Read/write error.






Information only






Information only
















Information only









2. Ethernet Adapter

PC 300 - 6565/6566 295




1. Ethernet Adapter





2. System Board



3. System Board



3. System Board


2. System Board




2. System Board




14901, 149021491X, 14922














Memory



2. System Board










3. System Board



DRAM, VRAM





DRAM, VRAM




3. System Board


1. Any SCSI Device

PC 300 - 6565/6566 297






(on some models)



System Board











1. Tape Cassette



214XX 1. WORM Drive




System Board

216XX 1. Scanner




3. SCSI Cable


1. Changer








27501, 2750327506, 27507


27502, 27504, 2751027511, 27533, 2753427536, 27537












27558, 2755927560, 27561









2. System Board


PC 300 - 6565/6566 299








2. System Board
























PC 300 - 6565/6566 301




4. Network Adapter


















2. Hard disk drive














PC 300 - 6565/6566 303








device or adapter.






EMEA Model

EMEA preload xxG

North America Model

US English xxU

Canadian French xxF



LA Spanish xxS

LA English xxL







China (Chinese) xxC


Thailand (Thai) xxT



Korea (Korean) xxK


PC 300 - 6565/6566 305

Type/Model configuration tables(6565/6566)

Notes



– Preload








Table Page

PC 300 Type 6565/6566 307


Pre

load

N/A

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

OS

/2 L

icen

se

N/A

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

CD

-RO

M

N/A

N/A

N/A

40X

Max

40X

Max

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

40X

Max

40X

Max

Bay

s/S

lots

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

Gra

ph

ics

N/A

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

N/A

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

Har

d D

rive

N/A

10.1

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

9.1

GB

SC

SI

N/A

10.1

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

Mem

ory

N/A

64 M

B S

DR

AM

64 M

B S

DR

AM

64 M

B S

DR

AM

64 M

B S

DR

AM

64 M

B S

DR

AM

N/A

64 M

B S

DR

AM

64 M

B S

DR

AM

64 M

B S

DR

AM

64 M

B S

DR

AM

Pro

cess

or

500

MH

z

500

MH

z

500

MH

z

500

MH

z

500

MH

z

500

MH

z

533E

B M

Hz

533E

B M

Hz

533E

B M

Hz

533B

MH

z

533B

MH

z

Tab

le 1

0 (P

age

1 of

6).

PC

300

Typ

e65

65/6

566

-D

eskt

op

Mo

del

40X

- O

pen

Bay

41X

42X

43X

44X

49X

60X

- O

pen

Bay

61X

62X

63X

64X

No

tes:

1.N

/A =

Not

incl

uded

in m

odel

.2.

For

last

dig

it m

odel

num

ber,

see

“M

odel

tab

les

- C

ount

ry/R

egio

n/La

ngua

ge”

on p

age

305.

3.vi

deo

card

= S

R9

AG

P2X

with

S3

Sav

age4

- 8

MB

or

SR

9 A

GP

4X w

ith S

3 S

avag

e4 X

trem

e -

16M

B S

GR

AM

.4.

Pro

cess

or =

Pen

tium

III

5.A

udio

= in

tegr

ated

on

syst

em b

oard

.6.

Ope

n B

ay =

Aut

horiz

ed A

ssem

bler

Pro

gram

.S

ee t

he n

ote

on p

age

306

PC 300 - 6565/6566 307

Pre

load

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

N/A

N/A

N/A

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

CD

-RO

M

40X

Max

40X

Max

40X

Max

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

48X

Max

48X

Max

48X

Max

Bay

s/S

lots

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

Gra

ph

ics

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

N/A

N/A

N/A

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

Har

d D

rive

20.4

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

N/A

N/A

N/A

10.1

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

20.4

GB

EID

E

Mem

ory

128

MB

64 M

B

64 M

B

N/A

N/A

N/A

64 M

B

64 M

B

64 M

B

64 M

B

128

MB

Pro

cess

or

533E

B M

Hz

533E

B M

Hz

533E

B M

Hz

800

MH

z

866

MH

z

600E

B M

Hz

600E

B M

Hz

600E

B M

Hz

600E

B M

Hz

600E

B M

Hz

600E

B M

Hz

Tab

le 1

0 (P

age

2 of

6).

PC

300

Typ

e65

65/6

566

-D

eskt

op

Mo

del

65X

66X

67X

70X

- O

pen

Bay

72X

- O

pen

Bay

80X

- O

pen

Bay

82X

83X

84X

85X

86X

No

tes:

1.N

/A =

Not

incl

uded

in m

odel

.2.

For

last

dig

it m

odel

num

ber,

see

“M

odel

tab

les

- C

ount

ry/R

egio

n/La

ngua

ge”

on p

age

305.

3.vi

deo

card

= S

R9

AG

P2X

with

S3

Sav

age4

- 8

MB

or

SR

9 A

GP

4X w

ith S

3 S

avag

e4 X

trem

e -

16M

B S

GR

AM

.4.

Pro

cess

or =

Pen

tium

III

5.A

udio

= in

tegr

ated

on

syst

em b

oard

.6.

Ope

n B

ay =

Aut

horiz

ed A

ssem

bler

Pro

gram

.S

ee t

he n

ote

on p

age

306


Pre

load

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

N/A

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

N/A

OS

/2 L

icen

se

Win

dow

s 98

CD

-RO

M

48X

Max

48X

Max

48X

Max

N/A

N/A

N/A

48X

Max

48X

Max

N/A

N/A

N/A

Bay

s/S

lots

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

Gra

ph

ics

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

S3

AG

P2

- 8

MB

S3

AG

P2

- 8

MB

N/A

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

N/A

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

Har

d D

rive

20.4

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

N/A

10.1

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

20.4

GB

EID

E

20.4

GB

EID

E

N/A

9.1

GB

SC

SI

15 G

B E

IDE

Mem

ory

128

MB

64 M

B

64 M

B

N/A

64 M

B

64 M

B

128

MB

128

MB

N/A

64 M

B

128

MB

Pro

cess

or

600E

B M

Hz

600B

MH

z

600B

MH

z

667

MH

z

667

MH

z

667

MH

z

667

MH

z

667

MH

z

733

MH

z

667

MH

z

667

MH

z

Tab

le 1

0 (P

age

3 of

6).

PC

300

Typ

e65

65/6

566

-D

eskt

op

Mo

del

87X

88X

89X

90X

- O

pen

Bay

92X

93X

96X

97X

98X

- O

pen

Bay

99X

9AX

No

tes:

1.N

/A =

Not

incl

uded

in m

odel

.2.

For

last

dig

it m

odel

num

ber,

see

“M

odel

tab

les

- C

ount

ry/R

egio

n/La

ngua

ge”

on p

age

305.

3.vi

deo

card

= S

R9

AG

P2X

with

S3

Sav

age4

- 8

MB

or

SR

9 A

GP

4X w

ith S

3 S

avag

e4 X

trem

e -

16M

B S

GR

AM

.4.

Pro

cess

or =

Pen

tium

III

5.A

udio

= in

tegr

ated

on

syst

em b

oard

.6.

Ope

n B

ay =

Aut

horiz

ed A

ssem

bler

Pro

gram

.S

ee t

he n

ote

on p

age

306

PC 300 - 6565/6566 309

Pre

load

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 20

00

Win

dow

s 20

00

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 20

00

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 20

00

CD

-RO

M

N/A

48X

Max

N/A

48X

Max

48X

Max

48X

Max

48X

Max

48X

Max

48X

Max

48X

Max

48X

Max

Bay

s/S

lots

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

Gra

ph

ics

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

Har

d D

rive

15 G

B E

IDE

15 G

B E

IDE

15 G

B E

IDE

13.5

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

Mem

ory

128

MB

128

MB

128

MB

64 M

B E

CC

64 M

B E

CC

64 M

B E

CC

64 M

B E

CC

64 M

B E

CC

64 M

B E

CC

64 M

B E

CC

64 M

B E

CC

Pro

cess

or

667

MH

z

600B

MH

z

667

MH

z

600E

B M

Hz

600E

B M

Hz

533E

B M

Hz

533E

B M

Hz

533E

B M

Hz

667

MH

z

667

MH

z

667

MH

z

Tab

le 1

0 (P

age

4 of

6).

PC

300

Typ

e65

65/6

566

-D

eskt

op

Mo

del

9BX

9CX

9DX

A1(

J)

A2(

J)

A3(

J)

A4(

J)

A5(

J)

B1(

J)

B2(

J)

B3(

J)

No

tes:

1.N

/A =

Not

incl

uded

in m

odel

.2.

For

last

dig

it m

odel

num

ber,

see

“M

odel

tab

les

- C

ount

ry/R

egio

n/La

ngua

ge”

on p

age

305.

3.vi

deo

card

= S

R9

AG

P2X

with

S3

Sav

age4

- 8

MB

or

SR

9 A

GP

4X w

ith S

3 S

avag

e4 X

trem

e -

16M

B S

GR

AM

.4.

Pro

cess

or =

Pen

tium

III

5.A

udio

= in

tegr

ated

on

syst

em b

oard

.6.

Ope

n B

ay =

Aut

horiz

ed A

ssem

bler

Pro

gram

.S

ee t

he n

ote

on p

age

306


Pre

load

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

OS

/2 L

icen

se

CD

-RO

M

48X

Max

48X

Max

48X

Max

48X

Max

48X

Max

48X

Max

N/A

N/A

48X

Max

48X

Max

N/A

Bay

s/S

lots

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

Gra

ph

ics

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

S3

AG

P2

- 8M

B

Har

d D

rive

13.5

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

20.4

GB

EID

E

20.4

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

10.1

GB

EID

E

15 G

B E

IDE

15 G

B E

IDE

9.1

GB

SC

SI

Mem

ory

64 M

B E

CC

64 M

B E

CC

64 M

B E

CC

64 M

B E

CC

128

MB

128

MB

64 M

B

64 M

B

64 M

B

64 M

B

64 M

B

Pro

cess

or

733

MH

z

733

MH

z

533B

MH

z

533B

MH

z

733

MH

z

733

MH

z

733

MH

z

733

MH

z

733

MH

z

733

MH

z

733

MH

z

Tab

le 1

0 (P

age

5 of

6).

PC

300

Typ

e65

65/6

566

-D

eskt

op

Mo

del

C1(

J)

C2(

J)

D1(

J)

D2(

J)

E1X

E2X

E3X

E4X

E5X

E6X

E7X

No

tes:

1.N

/A =

Not

incl

uded

in m

odel

.2.

For

last

dig

it m

odel

num

ber,

see

“M

odel

tab

les

- C

ount

ry/R

egio

n/La

ngua

ge”

on p

age

305.

3.vi

deo

card

= S

R9

AG

P2X

with

S3

Sav

age4

- 8

MB

or

SR

9 A

GP

4X w

ith S

3 S

avag

e4 X

trem

e -

16M

B S

GR

AM

.4.

Pro

cess

or =

Pen

tium

III

5.A

udio

= in

tegr

ated

on

syst

em b

oard

.6.

Ope

n B

ay =

Aut

horiz

ed A

ssem

bler

Pro

gram

.S

ee t

he n

ote

on p

age

306

PC 300 - 6565/6566 311

Pre

load

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s 98

Win

dow

s N

T

CD

-RO

M

48X

Max

48X

Max

48X

Max

48X

Max

Bay

s/S

lots

4X4

4X4

4X4

4X4

Gra

ph

ics

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

S3

AG

P4

- 16

MB

Har

d D

rive

30 G

B E

IDE

30 G

B E

IDE

30 G

B E

IDE

30 G

B E

IDE

Mem

ory

128

MB

128

MB

128

MB

128

MB

Pro

cess

or

800

MH

z

800

MH

z

866

MH

z

866

MH

z

Tab

le 1

0 (P

age

6 of

6).

PC

300

Typ

e65

65/6

566

-D

eskt

op

Mo

del

F1X

F2X

G1X

G2X

No

tes:

1.N

/A =

Not

incl

uded

in m

odel

.2.

For

last

dig

it m

odel

num

ber,

see

“M

odel

tab

les

- C

ount

ry/R

egio

n/La

ngua

ge”

on p

age

305.

3.vi

deo

card

= S

R9

AG

P2X

with

S3

Sav

age4

- 8

MB

or

SR

9 A

GP

4X w

ith S

3 S

avag

e4 X

trem

e -

16M

B S

GR

AM

.4.

Pro

cess

or =

Pen

tium

III

5.A

udio

= in

tegr

ated

on

syst

em b

oard

.6.

Ope

n B

ay =

Aut

horiz

ed A

ssem

bler

Pro

gram

.S

ee t

he n

ote

on p

age

306


Notes:

PC 300 - 6565/6566 313


1

2

34

5

6 7

8

910

1112

131415

16

17

1819



No. 1 Top Cover Assembly 09K9825 2 Power Supply-145W 01K9870 2 Power Supply-145W (China) 36L8815 2 Power Supply-145W (Japan) 20L2314 3 Fan Duct Kit 37L4995 4 C2 security switch assembly 09K9827 5 Hard File/Floppy Bracket 09K9847 6 RFID antenna 03K9654 7 Bezel Kit 37L5097 8 CD-ROM (40X Max) 36L8789 8 CD-ROM (48X Max) 09N0735 9 1.44 MB, 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive 75H9550 9 1.44 MB, 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive

(Japan)75H9552

Order either of the 10.1 GBhard drives below

10 10.1 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 37L571710 10.1 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 36L862710 13.5 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 36L868910 15.0 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 09N0921


10 20.4 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 36L862810 20.4 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 37L572310 30.0 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 09N092510 9.1 GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive 7200 rpm 36L864811 Front Bezel Assembly 37L509612 Fan/Card Guide Assembly 37L509313 Memory - 64 MB ECC 33L308013 Memory - 64 MB SDRAM 33L307213 Memory - 128 MB SDRAM 33L307414 System Board - for 500/533B/600B



61H2578

15 Pentium III 500/100 MHz. 00N387915 Pentium III 533B/133 MHz. 33L406615 Pentium III 600B/133 MHz. 01N265715 Pentium III 533EB/133 MHz. 09N346215 Pentium III 600EB/133 MHz 37L603415 Pentium III 667 MHz 00N362215 Pentium III 733 MHz 00N717415 Pentium III 800 MHz 09N909715 Pentium III 866 MHz 09N487716 Chassis Assembly 09K982317 Ethernet Adapter - Lake Clark 2.4 34L110917 SCSI Adapter - Adaptec 2940 10L712218 Key lock assembly 09K982919 Pedestal (Order via OBI option) 33L5136 Cable - ATA-66 2 Drop 37L5098 Cable - CD-ROM Audio 75H9219 Cable - Diskette Drive 33L2596 Cable - Hard Disk Cable, ATA 37L4525 Cable - SCSI, hard disk 10K0805 Cable - Wake On Ring 76H7345 EMC Shield Kit for System Board 37L5095 Foot (4) 03K9655

PC 300 - 6565/6566 315

Index System (Type 6565/6566) FRUNo.

EMC Shield for 5.25-inch Bay 20L3073 LED/Power Switch Assembly 37L5092 LED/Power Switch Assembly with SCSI

LED19K8118

Lithium Battery 33F8354 Miscellaneous Hardware Kit 20L3094 Mouse - Scrollpoint 2 28L1865 Name Plate, PC 300 GL (6565, 6566) 00N6083 Power Button 10K1705

Savage4 Video Card-100 2xAGP 09N5898Savage2 Video Card-143 4xAGP 33L1618Video Card 4xAGP Dongle 09N3435Speaker/Cable Assembly 01K4909

URM retainer Kit 33L4521 X-wide upper bay bezel 10K1707 X-wide lower bay bezel 10K1709


Keyboards - PCNext Lite (PC 300 Type 6565)

Arabic 37L2518Belgian-French 37L2519Belgian-UK 37L2520Brazil/Portugal 28L1826Bulgarian 37L2521Chinese 37L2548Czech 37L2522Danish 37L2523Dutch 37L2524French 37L2525French/Canadian-ID 058 37L0912French/Canadian-ID 044 37L2515German 37L2526Greek 37L2527Hebrew 37L2528Hungarian 37L2529Italian 37L2531Korean 28L1860Japanese 28L1858Latin/Spanish 37L2516Norwegian 37L2532Polish 37L2533Portuguese 37L2534Romania 37L2535Russian 37L2536Serbian/Cyrillic 37L2537Slovakian 37L2538Spanish 37L2539Swed/Finn 37L2540Swiss French/German 37L2541Thailand 37L2550Turkish (ID 179) 37L2542Turkish (ID 440) 37L2543UK English 37L2544US English 37L2514UK English (ISO Compliant) 37L2546Yugoslavian 37L2545

PC 300 - 6565/6566 317








IntelliStation - 6868/6878

This section contains the general checkout procedures,additional service information, computer exploded view,Symptom-to-FRU indexes, undetermined problem, modeltables, and parts listings for the IBM IntelliStation, type6868/6878 computer.

Note

Service information is the same for types 6868computers, unless specifically identified as type 6868which is the desktop computer.

Note





Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332Navigating through the diagnostic programs . . 332Running diagnostic tests . . . . . . . . . . . 333Test selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333IBM PC Enhanced Memory Diagnostics . . . . 333Alert On LAN test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334Asset ID test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334Test results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334Hard file Smart test . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335IBM Fixed Disk Optimized Test . . . . . . . . 335Quick and Full erase - hard drive . . . . . . . 336Iomega Zip Drive Test . . . . . . . . . . . . 336Asset EEPROM backup . . . . . . . . . . . 336Viewing the test log . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

SIMM/DIMM/RIMM memory errors . . . . . 337Setup Utility program . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339


Hard disk drive boot error . . . . . . . . . . 339When to use the Low-Level Format program . 340Preparing the hard disk drive for use . . . . . 340

Product description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341Specifications Type 6868/6878 . . . . . . . . 342

Additional service information . . . . . . . . . . 343Replacing a processor . . . . . . . . . . . . 343Replacing a system board . . . . . . . . . . 344Security features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344


Vital product data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346Management Information Format (MIF) . . . . 346Alert on LAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347Asset ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347Hard disk drive jumper settings . . . . . . . . 349


Automatic configuration and power interface(ACPI) BIOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353




Enhanced Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355Network settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356Flash over LAN (update POST/BIOS over


RIMM diagnostic approach . . . . . . . . 359Computer exploded view (Type 6868/6878) . . . . 360

Input/Output connectors . . . . . . . . . . . 361Side cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362Top handle cover removal . . . . . . . . . . 362Bezel removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363Top drive cage removal . . . . . . . . . . . 363Lower drive cage removal . . . . . . . . . . 364Adapter removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364Support rail removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365Air Baffle removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365Terminator card removal . . . . . . . . . . . 365RIMM memory removal . . . . . . . . . . . 366RIMM memory installation . . . . . . . . . . 366Lithium battery removal . . . . . . . . . . . 366


Lithium battery installation . . . . . . . . . . 366System board layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367

System board locations . . . . . . . . . . . 368System board jumper settings . . . . . . . . 369



Type/Model configuration tables (6868/6878) . 394Parts (Type 6868/6878) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403


IntelliStation - 6868/6878 321

General checkoutThis general checkout procedure is for IntelliStation Type6868/6878 computers.

Attention




Notes







001






Note

Type 6868/6878 computers default to come up quiet(No beep and no memory count and checkpointcode display) when no errors are detected byPOST.




002









003





(CONTINUED)










Keyboard Note


001



Pin123456


6

2

34

5


002


003

















Reseat


Power Cord


Power-on Switch




Attention


1 10

11 20

Pin Signal Function

1 3.3 V +3.3 V dc

2 3.3 V +3.3 V dc

3 COM Ground

4 5 V +5 V dc

5 COM Ground

6 5 V +5 V dc

7 COM Ground

8 POK Power Good


10 12 V +12 V dc

11 3.3 V +3.3 V dc

12 -12 V -12 V dc

13 COM Ground


15 COM Ground

16 COM Ground

17 COM Ground

18 -5 V -5 V dc

19 5 V +5 V dc

20 5 V +5 V dc








Note



Note












Note








Note







Notes










Select Diagnostics





memory module (SIMM, DIMM, or RIMM) isdefective and report the socket where the failingmodule is located. The Memory diagnostics canrun a quick and full test of the system.Diagnostics can also be run on a single memorymodule.

Note






















IBM PC Enhanced Memory DiagnosticsThe IBM PC Enhanced Memory Diagnostics provide thecapability to identify a particular memory module whichfails during testing. Use the System Board Layout sectionto reference the memory sockets.





Memory Test-Full


Memory Test-Quick


Notes











FunctionCode

FailureType







Note



















Important











Select UtilitySelect Asset EEPROM BackupFollow instructions on screen.




Note

Type 6868/6878 computers use only RIMM memorymodules.

SIMM/DIMM/RIMM memory errors:SIMM/DIMM/RIMM error messages issued by the IBM PCEnhanced Diagnostics:




Re-run the test.


2xx-2y A memory errorwas detected inDIMM/RIMMsocket Y

Replace theDIMM/RIMM inthe socketidentified by thelast digit of theerror code.

Re-run the test.







Reflash theBIOS.



Test aborted byuser

User stoppedtest.

Restart test.

Note:

"Y" is the SIMM/DIMM/RIMM socket number. Use theSystem Board Layouts section in the latest PC 300/700,IntelliStation Hardware Maintenance Manual, HMM, toreference the memory sockets.
















Cause Actions






Cause Actions








Notes











Product descriptionThe IntelliStation Type 6868/6878 computer is available in6 x 7, (Six drive bays, seven I/O adapter slots, including anAGP socket) as minitower models.

Security

– Administrator password– Operating system password

– Power-on password – Cover lock – C2 security– U-bolt and cable– Startup sequence control– Startup without diskette, keyboard, or mouse– Unattended startup mode– Diskette and hard drive I/O control– Serial and parallel port I/O control– Security profile by device– IBM Security Solutions


Common parts(Varies with each model, see “Type/Modelconfiguration tables (6868/6878)” on page 394.)







Feature Description






Heat Output Approximate heat output in BTUs perhour: - As shipped: 361 BTU (106 watts) - Maximum: 1564 BTU (460 watts)19









Additional service informationThe following additional service information supports theIntelliStation type 6868/6878.

“Replacing a processor”“Replacing a system board” on page 344“Security features” on page 344“Passwords” on page 344“Vital product data” on page 346“Management Information Format (MIF)” on page 346“Alert on LAN” on page 347“Asset ID” on page 347“Hard disk drive jumper settings” on page 349“CD-ROM drive jumper settings” on page 350“BIOS levels” on page 351“Flash (BIOS/VPD) update procedure” on page 352“Flash recovery boot block” on page 352“Power management” on page 353“Enhanced Security” on page 355“Network settings” on page 356“Flash over LAN (update POST/BIOS over network)”on page 356“Wake on LAN” on page 357“System board memory” on page 358


Important













Asset ID









Attention

If Enhanced Security is not enabled, this procedurewill remove the administrator password, all setup andboot sequence settings and privilege access. Makesure these settings are recorded before you performthis procedure.

If Enhanced Security is enabled, Only EnhancedSecurity functions like boot sequence and privilegeaccess will not be changed. Other settings will becleared


2. Refer to “System board layout” on page 367 to findthe ROM Recover jumper.

3. Move the ROM Recover jumper to pins2,3 position.


It is necessary to move the ROM Recoverjumper to pins1,2 position.




Note

















Asset IDAsset ID is the application of using radio frequencytechnology to communicate with the AssetCare EEPROMdescribed above. Asset ID assists customers inperforming electronic property pass, system deployment,and physical inventory applications using radio frequencyequipment from third party vendors. The electronicproperty pass application can be set so that if unauthorizedremoval of the PC from the enterprise occurs anadministrator password is required during the next boot upof the system.

Asset ID Enablement can be enabled or disabled underSystem Security in Setup/Configuration Utility.


Note

Disabling both AssetCare and Asset ID will disable theRF antenna testing during POST and will not cause aPOST error 184 (No RFID Antenna).


Hard disk drive jumper settingsIDE hard disk drives for the IntelliStation series computersuse jumpers to set the drives as primary (master) orsecondary (slave).

Attention





IDE Drives



AUDIO IDE INTERFACE

See Jumper

Settings Below

DC INPUT


40

1

2


Primary(Master)

Secondary(Slave)


: : : : : : : :


: : : : : : : :

6X CD-ROM : : : :

8X CD-ROM : : : :


























If an interruption occurs during a Flash/BIOS upgrade,the BIOS might be left in an unusable state. TheROM Recover jumper enables you to restart thesystem and recover the BIOS.

To perform a Flash/BIOS recovery using the ROM Recoverjumper:

1. Power-off the computer and remove the cover.2. Move the system board ROM Recover jumper to pins

2,3. Refer to “System board layout” on page 367 orthe information label inside the computer for moreinformation.






9. When you are instructed to reboot the computer,power-off the computer and move the ROM Recoverjumper to pins 1,2 position. Then, replace the coverand power-on the computer.





Attention









Processor Speed:



Display:






















PCI Wake Up: PCI Wake Up uses PCI PowerManagement Enabled (PME) to wake up thecomputer when using token-ring, Ethernet LANadapters, modems, or other PCI cards capable ofwaking up the computer. When you set PCI WakeUp to Enabled, the computer will turn on when itreceives a specific signal from another computer onthe local area network (LAN) or from a modem signal.

Wake on LAN features can be used on the 6868computer. For further information, see “Wake onLAN” on page 357.

Enhanced Security Note



Enhanced Security is an additional security featureavailable on type 6868/6878.

Enhanced Security can be enabled or disabled only whenyou update system programs. If Enhanced Security isenabled and the administrator password has not been set,the computer will operate as if Enhanced Security isdisabled.

If Enhanced Security is enabled and the administratorpassword has been set, the computer has these additionalsecurity measures:

The contents of the security EEPROM (theadministrator password and startup sequence) areprotected if the battery or CMOS memory fails.

The security EEPROM is protected from unauthorizedaccess. The security EEPROM cannot be read fromor written to by any software application or systemsoftware until Enhanced Security is disabled and the


computer is restarted. In a network environment, thismight prevent certain functions from being performedon the computer.

Remote Administration is locked and cannot beunlocked until Enhanced Security is disabled and thecomputer is restarted. This prevents the systemprograms in the computer from being updatedremotely.

The configuration settings in the Configuration/SetupUtility program are protected and cannot be changeduntil the administrator password has been entered.Any changes in computer hardware detected by thesystem programs in the computer will generate aconfiguration error until the administrator passwordhas been entered.

To enable or disable Enhanced Security:

1. Insert a system programs update diskette into thediskette drive (drive A). System programs updatesare available at http://www.ibm.com/pc/support/us/on the World Wide Web.

2. Power-on the computer. If it is powered on, you mustpower-off then power-on.

3. The update begins, the computer halts, and you areprompted for the administrator password (if you haveset an administrator password). The computerremains in a halted state until the administratorpassword is entered.

4. When the administrator password is entered, or if noadministrator password has been set, the updatediskette will continue to run, and you are given theoption of enabling or disabling Enhanced Security.The choice is automatically recorded in the SystemSecurity menu of the Configuration/Setup Utilityprogram.





This setting is used to enable or disable the Flash overLAN feature. When the feature is enabled, the systemprograms, in the computer, can be updated remotely from


a network server. If the administrator password is set inthe computer, it does not have to be entered by the server.





















Note

RAMBUS inline memory module (RIMM) is used in thetype 6868/6878 computer. RIMM modules are notcompatible with SIMM or DIMM memory modules.Refer to the information below regarding RIMMmemory for type 6868, 6878.

Supported RIMM memory configuration

Type 6868/6878 has two memory channels with twomemory sockets for each channel making a total of fourRIMM memory sockets. RIMM sockets must have a RIMMmemory module or a C-RIMM (RIMM Continuity module)installed. There can be no empty RIMM sockets. RIMMsockets must contain either a RIMM or a C-RIMM. Atleast one socket, from each memory channel, must have aRIMM memory module installed.

Note

Both memory channels must be populated the same.

RIMM sockets 1 and 2 are onmemory channel A.RIMM sockets 3 and 4 are onmemory channel B.

Each RIMM socket supports a maximum of 512 MB ofmemory.

If new memory is to be added in a memory channel,remove a C-RIMM and install the new RIMM. (Youmust also do the same with the other memoryChannel).If memory is to be removed from a memory channel,remove the RIMM and install a C-RIMM. (You mustalso do the same with the other memory Channel).

RIMM sizes of 64 MB, 128 MB, 256 MB, and 512 MB areacceptable. RIMM sockets, within each memory channel,can be filled in any order. However, both memory

ComputerName

RIMM Memory Module

Size Memory Type

IntelliStationType 6868/6878


PC600PC800

RDRAMECC/Non-ECC


channels must be populated the same. ECC or non-ECC,RAMBUS dynamic random access memory (RDRAM) aresupported. If ECC and non-ECC are installed together, allmemory will function as non-ECC.

Note

Mixed RIMM speeds will run at the lower speed.

RIMM diagnostic approach: Identify any Beep orPOST codes. See “Symptom-to-FRU index” on page 370.

Use the IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics program to runmemory tests. See “IBM PC Enhanced Diagnostics” onpage 332.

Procedures to determine memory errors:

1. If a memory error occurs, and the system isoperational, run memory diagnostics.

2. If a memory error occurs, and the system is notoperational:a. Replace one RIMM module at a time until the

system comes up.

Note

All unused RIMM sockets must have aC-RIMM installed. Both memory channelsmust be populated the same.

b. Run memory diagnostics.c. Replace the other RIMMs and run diagnostics

again to identify the failing RIMM.



Input/Output connectors and removal procedures for theside cover, top handle, bezels, top and lower drive cage,adapter cards, support rail, air baffle, terminator card,RIMM memory, and lithium battery are on the followingpages.



11 2

1 Keyboard connector 2 USB-2 connector 3 Parallel connector4 Audio line in

5 Monitor connector 6 SCSI connector7 PCI slot 58 PCI slot 49 PCI slot 31 PCI slot 211 PCI slot 112 AGP slot13 microphone14 Audio line out15 Ethernet16 Serial connector17 USB-1 connector18 Mouse connector


Side cover removal

Cover-ReleaseTab

Unlock cover from back of the system unit before removingcover.

Top handle cover removal

Attention

Do not lift handle cover too high or the tabs will break.


Bezel removal

Top drive cage removal


Lower drive cage removal

Note

Make sure the vibration insulation mounts are installedon the cage when installing a disk drive.

Adapter removal

Adapter

Card Retainer


Support rail removal

Air Baffle removal

Note

The baffle must be installed for proper air flow to themicroprocessor(s).

Terminator card removal

Note

Use this same procedure to remove the processor.


RIMM memory removal

RIMM memory installation

Notches

Lithium battery removal

Lithium battery installation

Note

Do not bend the top contact tab of the battery holderas it might not make connection with the battery.


System board layout

123

123

33

34

32

35

31

37

36



1 Primary processor socket2 Secondary processor socket3 RIMM socket 1 (Channel A)4 RIMM socket 2 (Channel A)

5 Power connectors6 Extra power connectors7 RIMM socket 3 (Channel B)8 RIMM socket 4 (Channel B)9 SCSI LED connector1 Diskette Drive connector11 Front panel connector12 Secondary IDE connector13 Primary IDE connector14 Fan connector, front chassis15 C2 security connector16 RFID connector17 ROM recovery jumper18 Administrator password jumper19 PCI 5 slot2 Alert on LAN21 PCI 4 slot22 PCI 3 slot23 Internal Speaker connector24 CD Audio connector25 Wake on LAN26 PCI 2 slot27 PCI 1 slot28 Fan connector, rear chassis29 AGP slot3 Microphone connector31 Line In/Line Out connector32 Battery33 Ethernet connector34 Serial connector35 Parallel connector36 USB connectors37 Mouse/Keyboard connectors


System board jumper settingsThe following tables contain the jumper setting information.(D) indicates the default setting.

Administrator jumper

ROM Recover jumper

Note

The ROM Recover jumper clears CMOS and is alsoused for Flash update and Flash recovery boot block.


Processor speed for the IntelliStation type 6868/6878computer is fixed and is determined by the processor.There are no settings required.

Admin jumper Jumper

enable 1-2

Disable 2-3 (D)

ROM Recover Jumper

Normal 1-2 (D)

Boot Block Recover 2-3



Notes


Important


Type 6868/6878 computer defaults to come upquiet (No beep and no memory count andcheckpoint code display) when no errors aredetected by POST. To enable Beep and memorycount and checkpoint code display when asuccessful POST occurs:





Beeps Description








1. System Board

1-2-XDMA error

1. System Board

1-3-X 1. Memory Module2. C-RIMM not installed3. Memory channels not

same 4. System Board




2-1-1, 2-1-2 1. Run Setup

2. System Board




2. System Board






1. System Board













2. System Board


2. System Board


1. System Board





2. System Board



2. System Board




Type 6868/6878 computer defaults to come up quiet(No beep and no memory count and checkpoint codedisplay) when no errors are detected by POST.





1. System Board











02X 1. SCSI Adapter




1. System Board


1. System Board

106 1. System Board









3. System Board


1. System Board




3. System Board








5. System Board






3. System Board



2. See “System boardmemory” on page 358.

3. Run memory tests.See “IBM PCEnhanced Diagnostics”on page 332.



2. System Board



2. Processor



2. System Board





2. System Board


177An inventory violationoccurred.

1. Enter theadministratorpassword

2. System Board

178 1. System Board


184No RFID Antenna

1. Make sure AssetCare and Asset IDare enabled inConfiguration/Setup.

2. RFID Antenna 3. System Board



186 1. System Board


2. System Board



1. System Board


1. System Board




















2. System Board


3. System Board

602 1. Bad Diskette2. Verify Diskette and

retry. 3. Diskette Drive4. Diskette Drive Cable

5. System Board




4. System Board



3. System Board




5. Power Supply

















1101, 1102, 1106,1108, 1109



2. System Board





2. System Board



2. System Board




2. System Board











1. System Board


1202, 1206, 1208,1209, 12XX







Information only


Information only


















5. Power Supply











Adapter


1. BSC Adapter




1. Display



2409 1. Display







5. System Board











38XX 1. DAC Adapter














2. Adapter Cable


2. Adapter Cable










2. System Board




(Mouse)






3. System Board

10101, 10102, 1010410105, 10106, 1010710108, 10109, 1011110112, 10113, 1011410115, 10116


2. Modem







2. Modem


2. Modem



10132, 10133, 1013410135, 10136, 1013710138, 10139, 1014010141, 10142, 1014310144, 10145, 1014610147, 10148, 1014910150, 10151, 10152

1. Modem






10450, 10451, 1049010491, 10492, 10499Read/write error.






Information only






Information only
















Information only









2. Ethernet Adapter





1. Ethernet Adapter





2. System Board



3. System Board



3. System Board


2. System Board




2. System Board




14901, 149021491X, 14922














Memory



2. System Board










3. System Board



DRAM, VRAM





DRAM, VRAM




3. System Board


1. Any SCSI Device







(on some models)



System Board











1. Tape Cassette



214XX 1. WORM Drive




System Board

216XX 1. Scanner




3. SCSI Cable


1. Changer








27501, 2750327506, 27507


27502, 27504, 2751027511, 27533, 2753427536, 27537












27558, 2755927560, 27561









2. System Board










2. System Board




























4. Network Adapter


















2. Hard disk drive






















device or adapter.





Table 11. Country/Region/Language ModelDefinition.

EMEA Model

EMEA preload xxG

North America Model

US English xxU

Canadian French xxF



LA Spanish xxS

LA English xxL







China (Chinese) xxC


Thailand (Thai) xxT



Korea (Korean) xxK



Type/Model configuration tables(6868/6878)

Notes



– Preload








Table Page

IntelliStation Type 6868/6878 395


Pre

load

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s N

T

CD

-RO

M

48X

MA

X

48X

MA

X

48X

MA

X

48X

MA

X

48X

MA

X

Bay

s/S

lots

7X6

7X6

7X6

7X6

7X6

Gra

ph

ics

Mat

rox

G40

0(A

GP

) 16

MB

App

ian

Gem

ini

(Dua

l Mon

itor)

16

MB

Mat

rox

G40

0(A

GP

) 16

MB

App

ian

Gem

ini

(Dua

l Mon

itor)

16

MB

Fire

GL1

(A

GP

)32

MB

Har

d D

rive

13.5

GB

EID

E

9.1

GB

SC

SI

7200

RP

M

9.1

GB

SC

SI

7200

RP

M

13.5

GB

EID

E

13.5

GB

EID

E

Mem

ory

2x64

MB

RIM

M

2x64

MB

RIM

M

2x64

MB

RIM

M

2x64

MB

RIM

M

2x64

MB

RIM

M

Pro

cess

or

600

MH

z

600

MH

z

600

MH

z

600

MH

z

600

MH

z

Tab

le 1

2 (P

age

1 of

7).

Int

elliS

tatio

nT

ype

6868

/687

8-

Min

itow

er

Mo

del

10X

11X

12X

13X

14X

No

tes:

1.N

/A =

Not

incl

uded

in m

odel

.2.

For

last

dig

it m

odel

num

ber,

see

“M

odel

tab

les

- C

ount

ry/R

egio

n/La

ngua

ge”

on p

age

393.

3.M

emor

y =

PC

600

Mem

ory.

EC

C R

AM

BU

S R

IMM

mem

ory

mod

ules

.4.

Pro

cess

or =

Pen

tium

III,

133

MH

z. F

SB

.5.

Aud

io =

inte

grat

ed o

n sy

stem

boa

rd.

6.M

odel

s C

xx,

Dxx

and

Exx

com

e w

ith D

OS

lice

nse.

Cus

tom

er c

an in

stal

l Ope

ratin

g S

yste

m o

f th

eir

choi

ce.

7.S

CS

I ad

apte

r =

Ultr

a 2

SC

SI

w/U

2B.

8.O

pen

Bay

= A

utho

rized

Ass

embl

er P

rogr

am.

See

the

not

e on

pag

e 39

4


Pre

load

Win

dow

s N

T

N/A

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s N

T

CD

-RO

M

48X

MA

X

N/A

48X

MA

X

48X

MA

X

48X

MA

X

Bay

s/S

lots

7X6

7X6

7X6

7X6

7X6

Gra

ph

ics

Fire

GL1

(A

GP

)32

MB

N/A

Mat

rox

G40

0(A

GP

) 16

MB

App

ian

Gem

ini

(Dua

l Mon

itor)

16

MB

Mat

rox

G40

0(A

GP

) 16

MB

Har

d D

rive

9.1

GB

SC

SI

10,0

00 R

PM

N/A

13.5

GB

EID

E

9.1

GB

SC

SI

7200

RP

M

9.1

GB

SC

SI

7200

RP

M

Mem

ory

2x12

8 M

B R

IMM

N/A

2x64

MB

RIM

M

2x64

MB

RIM

M

2x12

8 M

B R

IMM

Pro

cess

or

600

MH

z

600

MH

z

667

MH

z

667

MH

z

667

MH

z

Tab

le 1

2 (P

age

2 of

7).

Int

elliS

tatio

nT

ype

6868

/687

8-

Min

itow

er

Mo

del

15X

18X

- O

pen

Bay

20X

21X

22X

No

tes:

1.N

/A =

Not

incl

uded

in m

odel

.2.

For

last

dig

it m

odel

num

ber,

see

“M

odel

tab

les

- C

ount

ry/R

egio

n/La

ngua

ge”

on p

age

393.

3.M

emor

y =

PC

600

Mem

ory.

EC

C R

AM

BU

S R

IMM

mem

ory

mod

ules

.4.

Pro

cess

or =

Pen

tium

III,

133

MH

z. F

SB

.5.

Aud

io =

inte

grat

ed o

n sy

stem

boa

rd.

6.M

odel

s C

xx,

Dxx

and

Exx

com

e w

ith D

OS

lice

nse.

Cus

tom

er c

an in

stal

l Ope

ratin

g S

yste

m o

f th

eir

choi

ce.

7.S

CS

I ad

apte

r =

Ultr

a 2

SC

SI

w/U

2B.

8.O

pen

Bay

= A

utho

rized

Ass

embl

er P

rogr

am.

See

the

not

e on

pag

e 39

4


Pre

load

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s N

T

N/A

Win

dow

s N

T

CD

-RO

M

48X

MA

X

48X

MA

X

48X

MA

X

N/A

48X

MA

X

Bay

s/S

lots

7X6

7X6

7X6

7X6

7X6

Gra

ph

ics

App

ian

Gem

ini

(Dua

l Mon

itor)

16

MB

Fire

GL1

(A

GP

)32

MB

Inte

nse

3D 4

110

(AG

P)

80 M

B

N/A

Mat

rox

G40

0(A

GP

) 16

MB

Har

d D

rive

13.5

GB

EID

E

9.1

GB

SC

SI

10,0

00 R

PM

9.1

GB

SC

SI

10,0

00 R

PM

N/A

13.5

GB

EID

E

Mem

ory

2x64

MB

RIM

M

2x12

8 M

B R

IMM

2x12

8 M

B R

IMM

N/A

2x64

MB

RIM

M

Pro

cess

or

667

MH

z

667

MH

z

667

MH

z

667

MH

z

733

MH

z

Tab

le 1

2 (P

age

3 of

7).

Int

elliS

tatio

nT

ype

6868

/687

8-

Min

itow

er

Mo

del

23X

25X

27X

28X

- O

pen

Bay

30X

No

tes:

1.N

/A =

Not

incl

uded

in m

odel

.2.

For

last

dig

it m

odel

num

ber,

see

“M

odel

tab

les

- C

ount

ry/R

egio

n/La

ngua

ge”

on p

age

393.

3.M

emor

y =

PC

600

Mem

ory.

EC

C R

AM

BU

S R

IMM

mem

ory

mod

ules

.4.

Pro

cess

or =

Pen

tium

III,

133

MH

z. F

SB

.5.

Aud

io =

inte

grat

ed o

n sy

stem

boa

rd.

6.M

odel

s C

xx,

Dxx

and

Exx

com

e w

ith D

OS

lice

nse.

Cus

tom

er c

an in

stal

l Ope

ratin

g S

yste

m o

f th

eir

choi

ce.

7.S

CS

I ad

apte

r =

Ultr

a 2

SC

SI

w/U

2B.

8.O

pen

Bay

= A

utho

rized

Ass

embl

er P

rogr

am.

See

the

not

e on

pag

e 39

4


Pre

load

Win

dow

s 20

00

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s N

T

N/A

CD

-RO

M

48X

MA

X

48X

MA

X

48X

MA

X

48X

MA

X

48X

MA

X

N/A

Bay

s/S

lots

7X6

7X6

7X6

7X6

7X6

7X6

Gra

ph

ics

Mat

rox

G40

0(A

GP

) 16

MB

Mat

rox

G40

0(A

GP

) 16

MB

Fire

GL1

(A

GP

)32

MB

Els

a G

L II

(AG

P)

64 M

B

Inte

nse

3D 4

110

(AG

P)

80 M

B

N/A

Har

d D

rive

9.1

GB

SC

SI

7200

RP

M

9.1

GB

SC

SI

7200

RP

M

9.1

GB

SC

SI

10,0

00 R

PM

9.1

GB

SC

SI

7200

RP

M

9.1

GB

SC

SI

10,0

00 R

PM

N/A

Mem

ory

2x12

8 M

B R

IMM

2x12

8 M

B R

IMM

2x12

8 M

B R

IMM

2x12

8 M

B R

IMM

2x12

8 M

B R

IMM

N/A

Pro

cess

or

733

MH

z

733

MH

z

733

MH

z

733

MH

z

733

MH

z

733

MH

z

Tab

le 1

2 (P

age

4 of

7).

Int

elliS

tatio

nT

ype

6868

/687

8-

Min

itow

er

Mo

del

31X

32X

35X

36X

, C

6X

37X

39X

- O

pen

Bay

No

tes:

1.N

/A =

Not

incl

uded

in m

odel

.2.

For

last

dig

it m

odel

num

ber,

see

“M

odel

tab

les

- C

ount

ry/R

egio

n/La

ngua

ge”

on p

age

393.

3.M

emor

y =

PC

600

Mem

ory.

EC

C R

AM

BU

S R

IMM

mem

ory

mod

ules

.4.

Pro

cess

or =

Pen

tium

III,

133

MH

z. F

SB

.5.

Aud

io =

inte

grat

ed o

n sy

stem

boa

rd.

6.M

odel

s C

xx,

Dxx

and

Exx

com

e w

ith D

OS

lice

nse.

Cus

tom

er c

an in

stal

l Ope

ratin

g S

yste

m o

f th

eir

choi

ce.

7.S

CS

I ad

apte

r =

Ultr

a 2

SC

SI

w/U

2B.

8.O

pen

Bay

= A

utho

rized

Ass

embl

er P

rogr

am.

See

the

not

e on

pag

e 39

4


Pre

load

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s N

T

N/A

Win

dow

s N

T

CD

-RO

M

48X

MA

X

48X

MA

X

48X

MA

X

48X

MA

X

N/A

48X

MA

X

Bay

s/S

lots

7X6

7X6

7X6

7X6

7X6

7X6

Gra

ph

ics

Mat

rox

G40

0(A

GP

) 16

MB

Mat

rox

G40

0(A

GP

) 16

MB

Els

a G

L II

(AG

P)

64 M

B

Inte

nse

3D 4

110

(AG

P)

128

MB

N/A

Mat

rox

G40

0(A

GP

) 16

MB

Har

d D

rive

15.0

GB

EID

E

9.1

GB

SC

SI

7200

RP

M

9.1

GB

SC

SI

10,0

00 R

PM

9.1

GB

SC

SI

10,0

00 R

PM

N/A

15.0

GB

EID

E72

00 R

PM

Mem

ory

2x12

8 M

B R

IMM

2x12

8 M

B R

IMM

2x12

8 M

B R

IMM

2x25

6 M

B R

IMM

N/A

2x12

8 M

B R

IMM

Pro

cess

or

800

MH

z

800

MH

z

800

MH

z

800

MH

z

800

MH

z

866

MH

z

Tab

le 1

2 (P

age

5 of

7).

Int

elliS

tatio

nT

ype

6868

/687

8-

Min

itow

er

Mo

del

40X

, D

0x

42X

, D

2x

46X

, D

6x

47X

, D

7x

49X

- O

pen

Bay

50X

, E

0x

No

tes:

1.N

/A =

Not

incl

uded

in m

odel

.2.

For

last

dig

it m

odel

num

ber,

see

“M

odel

tab

les

- C

ount

ry/R

egio

n/La

ngua

ge”

on p

age

393.

3.M

emor

y =

PC

600

Mem

ory.

EC

C R

AM

BU

S R

IMM

mem

ory

mod

ules

.4.

Pro

cess

or =

Pen

tium

III,

133

MH

z. F

SB

.5.

Aud

io =

inte

grat

ed o

n sy

stem

boa

rd.

6.M

odel

s C

xx,

Dxx

and

Exx

com

e w

ith D

OS

lice

nse.

Cus

tom

er c

an in

stal

l Ope

ratin

g S

yste

m o

f th

eir

choi

ce.

7.S

CS

I ad

apte

r =

Ultr

a 2

SC

SI

w/U

2B.

8.O

pen

Bay

= A

utho

rized

Ass

embl

er P

rogr

am.

See

the

not

e on

pag

e 39

4


Pre

load

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s N

T

N/A

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s N

T

CD

-RO

M

48X

MA

X

48X

MA

X

48X

MA

X

N/A

48X

MA

X

48X

MA

X

Bay

s/S

lots

7X6

7X6

7X6

7X6

7X6

7X6

Gra

ph

ics

Mat

rox

G40

0(A

GP

) 16

MB

Els

a G

L II

(AG

P)

64 M

B

Inte

nse

3D 4

110

(AG

P)

128

MB

N/A

Mat

rox

G40

0(A

GP

) 16

MB

Mat

rox

G40

0(A

GP

) 16

MB

Har

d D

rive

9.1

GB

SC

SI

7200

RP

M

9.1

GB

SC

SI

10,0

00 R

PM

9.1

GB

SC

SI

10,0

00 R

PM

N/A

15.0

GB

EID

E72

00 R

PM

9.1

SC

SI

7200

RP

M

Mem

ory

2x12

8 M

B R

IMM

2x25

6 M

B R

IMM

2x25

6 M

B R

IMM

N/A

2x12

8 M

B R

IMM

2x12

8 M

B R

IMM

Pro

cess

or

866

MH

z

866

MH

z

866

MH

z

866

MH

z

933

MH

z

933

MH

z

Tab

le 1

2 (P

age

6 of

7).

Int

elliS

tatio

nT

ype

6868

/687

8-

Min

itow

er

Mo

del

52X

, E

2x

56X

, E

6x

57X

, E

7x

59X

- O

pen

Bay

60X

, G

0x

62X

, G

2X

No

tes:

1.N

/A =

Not

incl

uded

in m

odel

.2.

For

last

dig

it m

odel

num

ber,

see

“M

odel

tab

les

- C

ount

ry/R

egio

n/La

ngua

ge”

on p

age

393.

3.M

emor

y =

PC

600

Mem

ory.

EC

C R

AM

BU

S R

IMM

mem

ory

mod

ules

.4.

Pro

cess

or =

Pen

tium

III,

133

MH

z. F

SB

.5.

Aud

io =

inte

grat

ed o

n sy

stem

boa

rd.

6.M

odel

s C

xx,

Dxx

and

Exx

com

e w

ith D

OS

lice

nse.

Cus

tom

er c

an in

stal

l Ope

ratin

g S

yste

m o

f th

eir

choi

ce.

7.S

CS

I ad

apte

r =

Ultr

a 2

SC

SI

w/U

2B.

8.O

pen

Bay

= A

utho

rized

Ass

embl

er P

rogr

am.

See

the

not

e on

pag

e 39

4


Pre

load

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s N

T

Win

dow

s N

T

CD

-RO

M

48X

MA

X

48X

MA

X

48X

MA

X

48X

MA

X

Bay

s/S

lots

7X6

7X6

7X6

7X6

Gra

ph

ics

Els

a G

L II

(AG

P)

64 M

B

Inte

nse

3D 4

110

(AG

P)

128

MB

Mat

rox

G40

0(A

GP

) 16

MB

+ C

anop

usD

VR

apto

r

Mat

rox

G40

0(A

GP

) 16

MB

+ C

anop

usD

VR

apto

r

Har

d D

rive

9.1

SC

SI

10,0

00 R

PM

9.1

SC

SI

10,0

00 R

PM

9.1+

18.2

GB

SC

SI

7200

RP

M

9.1+

18.2

GB

SC

SI

7200

RP

M

Mem

ory

2x25

6 M

B R

IMM

2x25

6 M

B R

IMM

2x64

MB

RIM

M

2x64

MB

RIM

M

Pro

cess

or

933

MH

z

933

MH

z

600

MH

z

733

MH

z

Tab

le 1

2 (P

age

7 of

7).

Int

elliS

tatio

nT

ype

6868

/687

8-

Min

itow

er

Mo

del

66X

, G

6X

67X

, G

7X

91X

92X

No

tes:

1.N

/A =

Not

incl

uded

in m

odel

.2.

For

last

dig

it m

odel

num

ber,

see

“M

odel

tab

les

- C

ount

ry/R

egio

n/La

ngua

ge”

on p

age

393.

3.M

emor

y =

PC

600

Mem

ory.

EC

C R

AM

BU

S R

IMM

mem

ory

mod

ules

.4.

Pro

cess

or =

Pen

tium

III,

133

MH

z. F

SB

.5.

Aud

io =

inte

grat

ed o

n sy

stem

boa

rd.

6.M

odel

s C

xx,

Dxx

and

Exx

com

e w

ith D

OS

lice

nse.

Cus

tom

er c

an in

stal

l Ope

ratin

g S

yste

m o

f th

eir

choi

ce.

7.S

CS

I ad

apte

r =

Ultr

a 2

SC

SI

w/U

2B.

8.O

pen

Bay

= A

utho

rized

Ass

embl

er P

rogr

am.

See

the

not

e on

pag

e 39

4


Notes:



1 2 3

4 5

6

7 89

1011

12

1314

1516

1718

19

2021

2223

2425

2627

28



No. 1 Handle/Cap Assembly 12J5547 2 Power Switch/LED Cable Assembly 02K1414 3 Top/Side Cover Assembly 01K1637 4 CD-ROM Drive (48X Max) 09N0737 5 3.5-In. 1.44 MB Diskette Drive 75H9550 5 3.5-In. 1.44 MB Diskette Drive - Japan 75H9552 6 Blank Louver Bezels

(3.5-In. and 5.25-In.)01K1888

Miscellaneous Optional Bezels 12J5551 7 3.5-In. Bezel Assembly 12J5549 8 Name Plate 12J5552 9 RFID Antenna 03K9654 10 Front Bezel 10L5596 11 Speaker 01N2032 12 System Board-without processor or

memory01N2386

13 Card Guide 10L5592 14 Fan Assembly, front, 120x25 mm 37L2355 15 C2 Switch Assembly 10L5595 16 13.5 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 37L5719 16 15.0 GB EIDE Hard Disk Drive 09N0921 Order either of the below 9.1 GB

SCSI 7.2K RPM hard drives

16 9.1 GB LVD SCSI Hard Disk Drive,7.2K RPM

36L8648


36L8763

Order either of the below 9.1 GBSCSI 10K RPM hard drives

16 9.1 GB LVD SCSI Hard Disk Drive,10K RPM

36L8767

16 9.1 GB LVD SCSI Hard Disk Drive,10K RPM

36L8771

Order either of the below 18.2 GBSCSI 7.2K RPM hard drives


36L8649


36L8765

17 Removable Rail 37L2358 18 Access Cover Assembly 12J5546 19 SCSI Adapter - Adaptec 2940 LVD 00N3269 19 Video Adapter - Appian Gemini 09N0360 Appian Gemini video Cable 01N2333 19 Video Adapter - Canopus DVRaptor

(model 91X, 92X)01N2264

Canopus DVRaptor cable assembly(model 91X, 92X)

01N2377

19 Video Adapter - Elsa GL II(AGP)

01N2256

19 Video Adapter - Intergraph Intense3D PRO 4110 (AGP)

37L2406

19 Video Adapter - MatroxG400-REV E (AGP)

01N2197

19 Video Adapter - IBM Fire GL1(AGP)

37L2375

20 Air Baffle 00N3649 21 Fan Assembly, rear, 120x38 mm 10L5593


Index System (Type 6868/6878) FRUNo.

22 3.5-In. Hard Disk Bracket 10L5591 23 64 MB PC 600 ECC RAMBUS RIMM

Memory33L3094

23 128 MB PC600 ECC RAMBUS RIMMMemory

33L3096

23 256 MB PC600 ECC RAMBUS RIMMMemory

33L3098

23 Memory Continuity card (C-RIMM) 00N5223 24 Terminator Card 37L5949 Terminator Card Housing 10L6936 25 600 MHz Pentium III microprocessor 37L6034 25 667 MHz Pentium III microprocessor 00N3622 25 733 MHz Pentium III microprocessor 00N7174 25 800 MHz Pentium III microprocessor 09N9097 25 866 MHz Pentium III microprocessor 09N4877 25 933 MHz Pentium III microprocessor 09K9598 Processor Retainer Kit 33L4321 26 Power Supply 330 W. 36L8849 27 Keylock Assembly 12J5102 28 Chassis Assembly, with support bracket 37L2354 Cable - Audio CD-ROM 75H9219 Cable - CD-ROM, IDE 01K1548 Cable - Diskette Drive 01K1546 Cable - Hard Disk, ATA 2-drop 33L2564 Cable - LVD SCSI 5-drop 01K1549 Cable - SCSI LED 76H7344 EMC Kit 37L2352 Foot (Qty 4) 12J4506 Hard Disk Screw Kit 01N2199 Hard Disk Tray, 5.14-inch to 3.5-inch 28L5045 Lithium Battery Type 2032 33F8354 Lithium Battery Type 2450 04G5389 Miscellaneous Hardware Kit 10L5600 Mouse, 3 button 28L1868 Picture frame bezel kit 00N5245


Keyboards - PCNext A-Lite (IntelliStation Type6868/6878)

Arabic 37L2555Belgian-French 37L2556Belgian-UK 37L2557Brazil/Portugal 37L2554Bulgarian 37L2558Chinese 37L2585Czech 37L2559Danish 37L2560Dutch 37L2561French 37L2562French/Canadian-ID 058 37L0913French/Canadian-ID 445 37L2552German 37L2563Greek 37L2564Hebrew 37L2565Hungarian 37L2566Icelandic 37L2567Italian 37L2568Korean 28L1905Japanese 37L2584Latin America/Spanish 37L2553Norwegian 37L2569Polish 37L2570Portuguese 37L2571Romania 37L2572Russian 37L2573Serbian/Cyrillic 37L2574Slovakian 37L2575Spanish 37L2576Swed/Finn 37L2577Swiss French/German 37L2578Thailand 37L2587Turkish (ID 179) 37L2579Turkish (ID 440) 37L2580UK English 37L2581US English 37L2551UK English (ISO Compliant) 37L2583Yugoslavian 37L2582










Related Service Information

Safety notices (multi-lingual translations) . . . . . 410Safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434

General safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434Electrical safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435Safety Inspection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . 436Handling electrostatic discharge-sensitive devices 438Grounding requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 438

Miscellaneous information . . . . . . . . . . . . 439Send us your comments! . . . . . . . . . . . . 441Do you need technical references? . . . . . . . . 442Problem determination tips . . . . . . . . . . . 443

File updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444Hardware considerations . . . . . . . . . . . 444Software considerations . . . . . . . . . . . 445

BIOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445Drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445

Adding adapters to the system . . . . . . . . 446System resource conflicts . . . . . . . . . . 446

Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451


Safety notices (multi-lingualtranslations)The caution and danger safety notices in this section areprovided in the following languages:

English

Brazilian/Portuguese

Chinese

French

German

Italian

Korean

Spanish


DANGER

To avoid a shock hazard, do not connect ordisconnect any cables or perform installation,maintenance, or reconfiguration of thisproduct during an electrical storm.

To avoid shock hazard:

The power cord must be connected to aproperly wired and earthed receptacle.

Any equipment to which this product willbe attached must also be connected toproperly wired receptacles.

When possible, use one hand to connect ordisconnect signal cables to prevent apossible shock from touching two surfaceswith different electrical potentials.

Electrical current from power, telephone, andcommunications cables is hazardous. Toavoid shock hazard, connect and disconnectcables as described following wheninstalling, moving, or opening covers of thisproduct or attached devices.

To Connect

1. Turn Everything OFF.

2. First, attach all cablesto devices.

3. Attach signal cables toreceptacles.

4. Attach power cord(s) tooutlet.

5. Turn device ON.

To Disconnect

1. Turn Everything OFF.

2. First, remove powercord(s) from outlet.

3. Remove signal cablesfrom receptacles.

4. Remove all cablesfrom devices.

NOTE: In the UK, by law,the telephone cable must beconnected after the powercord.

NOTE: In the UK, the powercord must be disconnectedafter the telephone cable.

Related Service Information 411

Caution:When replacing the battery, use only Lithium BatteryType 2032 (IBM Part Number 33F8354), Lithium BatteryType 2450 (IBM Part Number 04G5389), or anequivalent type battery recommended by themanufacturer. If your system has a module containinga lithium battery, replace it only with the same moduletype made by the same manufacturer. The batterycontains lithium and can explode if not properly used,handled, or disposed of.

Do not:

Throw or immerse into waterHeat to more than 100°C (212°F)Repair or disassemble

Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinancesor regulations.

Caution:When a CD-ROM drive is installed, note the following.

Use of controls or adjustments or performance ofprocedures other than those specified herein mightresult in hazardous radiation exposure.

Removing the covers of the CD-ROM drive could resultin exposure to hazardous laser radiation. There are noserviceable parts inside the CD-ROM drive. Do notremove the CD-ROM drive covers.

DANGER

Some CD-ROM drives contain an embeddedClass 3A or Class 3B laser diode. Note thefollowing.

Laser radiation when open. Do not stare intothe beam, do not view directly with opticalinstruments, and avoid direct exposure to thebeam.


Caution:Use safe lifting practices when lifting your machine.

Caution:Electrical current from power, telephone, andcommunication cables can be hazardous. To avoidpersonal injury or equipment damage, disconnect theattached power cords, telecommunications systems,networks, and modems before you open the servercovers, unless instructed otherwise in the installationand configuration procedures.

32 kg(70.5 lbs)

55 kg(121.2 lbs)


PERIGO

Para evitar choques elétricos, não conecte oudesconecte nenhum cabo, nem efetueinstalação, manutenção ou reconfiguraçãodeste produto durante uma tempestade comraios.

Para evitar choques elétricos:

O cabo de alimentação deve serconectado a um receptáculocorretamente instalado e aterrado.

Todos os equipamentos aos quais esteproduto será conectado devem tambémser conectados a receptáculoscorretamente instalados.

Quando possível, utilize uma das mãos paraconectar ou desconectar cabos de sinal, paraevitar um possível choque ao tocar duassuperfícies com potenciais elétricosdiferentes.

A corrente elétrica proveniente de cabos dealimentação, de telefone e de comunicação éperigosa. Para evitar choques elétricos,conecte e desconecte os cabos conformedescrito a seguir, ao instalar, movimentar ouabrir tampas deste produto ou dedispositivos conectados.

Para Conectar

1. DESLIGUE tudo.

2. Conecte primeiro todosos cabos nosdispositivos.

3. Conecte os cabos desinal nos receptáculos.

4. Conecte o(s) cabo(s)de alimentação nastomadas.

5. LIGUE o dispositivo.

Para Desconectar

1. DESLIGUE tudo.

2. Remova primeiro o(s)cabo(s) de alimentaçãodas tomadas.

3. Remova os cabos desinal dos receptáculos.

4. Remova todos oscabos dos dispositivos.


cuidado:Ao substituir a bateria, utilize apenas o Número dePeça IBM 33F8354 ou um tipo de bateria equivalenterecomendado pelo fabricante. Se seu sistema possuirum módulo com uma bateria de lítio, substitua-oapenas pelo mesmo tipo de módulo, produzido pelomesmo fabricante. A bateria contém lítio e podeexplodir se não for utilizada, manuseada e descartadade forma adequada.

Não:

Jogue ou coloque na águaAqueça a mais de 100°C (212°F)Conserte nem desmonte.

Descarte a bateria conforme requerido pelasdisposições e regulamentações locais.

cuidado:Quando uma unidade de CD-ROM estiver instalada,observe o seguinte.

A utilização de controles ou ajustes ou a execução deprocedimentos diferentes daqueles especificadosnesta publicação pode resultar em exposição perigosaà radiação.

A remoção das tampas da unidade de CD-ROM poderesultar em exposição a radiação perigosa de laser.Não existem peças que possam ser consertadas nointerior da unidade de CD-ROM. Não remova astampas da unidade de CD-ROM.

PERIGO

Algumas unidades de CD-ROM contém umdiodo de laser da Classe 3A ou da Classe 3B.Observe o seguinte.

Radiação de laser quando aberto. Não olhediretamente para o feixe de laser, não olhediretamente com instrumentos óticos, e eviteexposição direta ao raio.


cuidado:Utilize práticas seguras para levantamento de peso aolevantar sua máquina.

cuidado:A corrente elétrica proveniente de cabos dealimentação, de telefone e de comunicação é perigosa.Para evitar ferimentos pessoais ou danos aosequipamentos, desconecte os cabos de alimentação,sistemas de telecomunicação, redes e modems antesde abrir as tampas do servidor, a menos que recebaoutras instruções nos procedimentos de instalação econfiguração.

32 kg(70,5 lbs)

55 kg(121,2 lbs)





PERIGO

Pour éviter tout risque de choc électrique, nemanipulez aucun câble et n'effectuez aucuneopération d'installation, d'entretien ou dereconfiguration de ce produit au cours d'unorage.

Pour éviter tout risque de choc électrique :

Les cordons d'alimentation du présentproduit et de tous les appareils qui luisont connectés doivent être branchéssur des socles de prise de courantcorrectement câblés et mis à la terre.

Afin d'éviter tout risque de choc électriqueprovenant d'une différence de potentiel deterre, n'utilisez qu'une main, lorsque cela estpossible, pour connecter ou déconnecter lescordons d'interface.

Le courant électrique passant dans lescâbles de communication, ou les cordonstéléphoniques et d'alimentation peut êtredangereux. Pour éviter tout risque de chocélectrique, lorsque vous installez ou quevous déplacez le présent produit ou despériphériques qui lui sont raccordés,reportez-vous aux instructions ci-dessouspour connecter et déconnecter les différentscordons.

Connexion

1. Mettez les unités horstension.

2. Commencez parbrancher tous lescordons sur les unités.

3. Branchez les câblesd'interface sur lesprises.

4. Branchez les cordonsd'alimentation sur unsocle de prise decourant.

5. Mettez les unités soustension.

Déconnexion

1. Mettez les unités horstension.

2. Commencez pasdébrancher lescordons alimentationdes socles de prise decourant.

3. Débranchez les câblesd'interface des prises.

4. Débranchez tous lescâbles des unités.


attention:Remplacez la pile usagée par une pile de référenceidentique exclusivement - voir la référence IBM - oupar une pile équivalente recommandée par le fabricant.Si votre système est doté d'un module contenant unepile au lithium, vous devez le remplacer uniquementpar un module identique, produit par le mêmefabricant. La pile contient du lithium et présente doncun risque d'explosion en cas de mauvaisemanipulation ou utilisation.

Ne la jetez pas à l'eau.Ne l'exposez pas à une température supérieure à100 °C.Ne cherchez pas à la réparer ou à la démonter.

Pour la mise au rebut, reportez-vous à laréglementation en vigueur.

attention:Si une unité de CD-ROM est installée, prenezconnaissance des informations suivantes :

Pour éviter tout risque d'exposition au rayon laser,respectez les consignes de réglage et d'utilisation descommandes, ainsi que les procédures décrites dans leprésent document.

Pour éviter une exposition directe au rayon laser,n'ouvrez pas l'unité de CD-ROM. Vous ne pouvezeffectuer aucune opération de maintenance àl'intérieur.

PERIGO

Certaines unités de CD-ROM contiennent unediode laser de classe 3A ou 3B. Prenezconnaissance des informations suivantes :

Rayonnement laser lorsque le carter estouvert. Évitez de regarder fixement lefaisceau ou de l'observer à l'aided'instruments optiques. Évitez une expositiondirecte au rayon.


attention:Ce produit pèse un poids considérable. Faites-vousaider pour le soulever.

attention:Le courant électrique circulant dans les câbles decommunication et les cordons téléphoniques etd'alimentation peut être dangereux. Pour votre sécuritéet celle de l'équipement, avant de retirer les carters duserveur, mettez celui-ci hors tension et déconnectezses cordons d'alimentation, ainsi que les câbles qui lerelient aux réseaux, aux systèmes detélécommunication et aux modems (sauf instructioncontraire mentionnée dans les procéduresd'installation et de configuration).

32 kg 55 kg


VORSICHT

Aus Sicherheitsgründen bei Gewitter andiesem Gerät keine Kabel anschließen oderlösen. Ferner keine Installations-, Wartungs-oder Rekonfigurationsarbeiten durchführen.

Aus Sicherheitsgründen:

Gerät nur an eineSchutzkontaktsteckdose mitordnungsgemäß geerdetemSchutzkontakt anschließen.

Alle angeschlossenen Geräte ebenfallsan Schutzkontaktsteckdosen mitordnungsgemäß geerdetemSchutzkontakt anschließen.

Signalkabel möglichst einhändig anschließenoder lösen, um einen Stromschlag durchBerühren von Oberflächen mitunterschiedlichem elektrischem Potential zuvermeiden.

Elektrische Spannungen von Netz-, Telefon-und Datenübertragungsleitungen sindgefährlich. Um einen Stromschlag zuvermeiden, nur nach den Anweisungenarbeiten, die für Installation, Transport oderÖffnen von Gehäusen dieses Produkts oderangeschlossenen Einheiten gelten.

Kabel anschließen

1. Alle Geräteausschalten undNetzstecker ziehen.

2. Zuerst alle Kabel anEinheiten anschließen.

3. Signalkabel anAnschlußbuchsenanschließen.

4. Netzstecker anSteckdoseanschließen.

5. Gerät einschalten.

Kabel lösen

1. Alle Geräteausschalten.

2. Zuerst Netzstecker vonSteckdose lösen.

3. Signalkabel vonAnschlußbuchsenlösen.

4. Alle Kabel vonEinheiten lösen.


achtung:Eine verbrauchte Batterie nur durch eine Batterie mitder IBM Teilenummer 33F8354 oder durch eine vomHersteller empfohlene Batterie ersetzen. Wenn IhrSystem ein Modul mit einer Lithium-Batterie enthält,ersetzen Sie es immer mit dem selben Modultyp vomselben Hersteller. Die Batterie enthält Lithium undkann bei unsachgemäßer Verwendung, Handhabungoder Entsorgung explodieren.

Die Batterie nicht

mit Wasser in Berührung bringen.über 100 C erhitzen.reparieren oder zerlegen.

Die örtlichen Bestimmungen für die Entsorgung vonSondermüll beachten.

achtung:Wenn ein CD-ROM-Laufwerk installiert ist, beachtenSie folgendes. Steuer- und Einstellelemente sowieVerfahren nur entsprechend den Anweisungen imvorliegenden Handbuch einsetzen. Andernfalls kanngefährliche Laserstrahlung auftreten.

Das Entfernen der Abdeckungen desCD-ROM-Laufwerks kann zu gefährlicherLaserstrahlung führen. Es befinden sich keine Teileinnerhalb des CD-ROM-Laufwerks, die vom Benutzergewartet werden müssen. Die Verkleidung desCD-ROM-Laufwerks nicht öffnen.

VORSICHT

Manche CD-ROM-Laufwerke enthalten eineeingebaute Laserdiode der Klasse 3A oder3B. Die nachfolgend aufgeführten Punktebeachten.

Laserstrahlung bei geöffneter Tür. Niemalsdirekt in den Laserstrahl sehen, nicht direktmit optischen Instrumenten betrachten undden Strahlungsbereich meiden.


achtung:Beim Anheben der Maschine die vorgeschriebenenSicherheitsbestimmungen beachten.

achtung:An Netz-, Telefon- und Datenleitungen könnengefährliche elektrische Spannungen anliegen. Um eineGefährdung des Benutzers oder Beschädigung desGeräts zu vermeiden, ist der Server auszuschalten. DieVerbindung zu den angeschlossenen Netzkabeln,Telekommunikationssystemen, Netzwerken undModems ist vor dem Öffnen des Servergehäuses zuunterbrechen (sofern in Installations- undKonfigurationsanweisungen nicht anders angegeben).

32 kg 55 kg


PERICOLO

Per evitare il pericolo di scosse elettrichedurante i temporali, non collegare oscollegare cavi, non effettuare l'installazione,la manutenzione o la riconfigurazione diquesto prodotto.

Per evitare il pericolo di scosse elettriche:

collegare il cavo di alimentazione ad unapresa elettrica correttamente cablata emunita di terra di sicurezza;

collegare qualsiasi apparecchiaturacollegata a questo prodotto ad unapresa elettrica correttamente cablata emunita di terra di sicurezza.

Quando possibile, collegare o scollegare icavi di segnale con una sola mano perevitare il rischio di scosse derivanti dalcontatto con due superfici a diversopotenziale elettrico.

La corrente elettrica circolante nei cavi dialimentazione, del telefono e di segnale èpericolosa. Per evitare scosse elettriche,collegare e scollegare i cavi come descrittoquando si effettuano l'installazione, larimozione o l'apertura dei coperchi di questoprodotto o durante il collegamento delleunità.

Per collegare

1. SPEGNERE tutti idispositivi.

2. Collegare prima tutti icavi alle unità.

3. Collegare i cavi disegnale alle prese.

4. Collegare il(i) cavo(i) dialimentazione allapresa elettrica.

5. ACCENDERE le unità.

Per scollegare

1. SPEGNERE tutti idispositivi.

2. Rimuovere prima il(i)cavo(i) dialimentazione dallapresa elettrica.

3. Rimuovere i cavi disegnale dalle prese.

4. Rimuovere tutti i cavidalle unità.


ATTENZIONE:Quando si sostituisce la batteria, utilizzare solo unabatteria IBM o batterie dello stesso tipo o di tipoequivalente consigliate dal produttore. Se il sistema dicui si dispone è provvisto di un modulo contenenteuna batteria al litio, sostituire tale batteria solo con untipo di modulo uguale a quello fornito dal produttore.La batteria contiene litio e può esplodere se utilizzata,maneggiata o smaltita impropriamente.

Evitare di:

Gettarla o immergerla in acquaRiscaldarla ad una temperatura superiore ai 100°CCercare di ripararla o smaltirla

Smaltire secondo la normativa in vigore (D.Lgs 22 del5/2/97) e successive disposizioni nazionali e locali.

ATTENZIONE:Quando è installata un'unità CD-ROM, notare quantosegue:

L'utilizzo di controlli, regolazioni o l'esecuzione diprocedure non descritti nel presente manuale possonoprovocare l'esposizione a radiazioni pericolose.

L'apertura di un'unità CD-ROM può determinarel'esposizione a radiazioni laser pericolose. All'internodell'unità CD-ROM non vi sono parti su cui effettuarel'assistenza tecnica. Non rimuovere i coperchidell'unità CD-ROM.

PERICOLO

Alcune unità CD-ROM contengono all'internoun diodo laser di Classe 3A o Classe 3B.Prestare attenzione a quanto segue:

Aprendo l'unità vengono emesse radiazionilaser. Non fissare il fascio, non guardarlodirettamente con strumenti ottici ed evitarel'esposizione diretta al fascio.


ATTENZIONE:Durante il sollevamento della macchina seguire dellenorme di di sicurezza.

ATTENZIONE:La corrente circolante nei cavi di alimentazione, deltelefono e di segnale è pericolosa. Per evitaresituazioni pericolose per le persone o danneggiamentiall'apparecchiatura, scollegare i cavi di alimentazione, isistemi di telecomunicazioni, le reti e ed i modemprima di aprire i coperchi del servente se nondiversamente indicato nelle procedure di installazionee configurazione.

32 kg 55 kg




PELIGRO

Para evitar una posible descarga eléctrica, noconecte ni desconecte los cables ni lleve acabo ninguna operación de instalación, demantenimiento o de reconfiguración de esteproducto durante una tormenta eléctrica.

Para evitar una posible descarga:

El cable de alimentación debeconectarse a un receptáculo con unainstalación eléctrica correcta y con tomade tierra.

Los aparatos a los que se conecte esteproducto también deben estarconectados a receptáculos con la debidainstalación eléctrica.

Cuando sea posible, utilice una sola manopara conectar o desconectar los cables deseñal a fin de evitar una posible descarga altocar dos superficies con distinto potencialeléctrico.

La corriente eléctrica de los cables decomunicaciones, teléfono y alimentaciónpuede resultar peligrosa. Para evitar unaposible descarga, siga las indicaciones deconexión y desconexión de los cablessiempre que tenga que instalar, mover o abrirlas cubiertas de este producto o de losdispositivos acoplados.

Instrucciones de conexión

1. Apague todos loscomponentes (OFF).

2. En primer lugar,conecte todos loscables a losdispositivos.

3. Conecte los cables deseñal a losreceptáculos.

4. Conecte los cables dealimentación a lastomas.

5. Encienda el dispositivo(ON).

Instrucciones dedesconexión

1. Encienda todos loscomponentes (ON).

2. En primer lugar, retirelos cables dealimentación de lastomas.

3. Retire los cables deseñal de losreceptáculos.

4. Retire todos los cablesde los dispositivos.


percaución:Al cambiar la batería, utilice únicamente la batería IBMNúmero de pieza 33F8354 o un tipo de bateríaequivalente recomendado por el fabricante. Si elsistema tiene un módulo que contiene una batería delitio, sustitúyalo únicamente por el mismo tipo demódulo del mismo fabricante. La batería contiene litioy puede explotar si no se utiliza, manipula o desechacorrectamente.

Lo que no debe hacer

Tirar o sumergir el producto en agua.Exponer el producto a una temperatura superior a100°C.Reparar o desmontar el producto.

Cuando quiera desechar la batería, siga lasdisposiciones y reglamentaciones locales.

percaución:Cuando instale una unidad de CD-ROM, tenga encuenta la siguiente información.

Si se llevan a cabo controles o ajustes o se utilizanmétodos que no se atengan a lo aquí especificado, sepuede producir una exposición peligrosa a lasradiaciones.

Si se retiran las cubiertas de la unidad de CD-ROM, sepuede producir una peligrosa exposición a radiacionesde láser. Dentro de la unidad de CD-ROM no existenpiezas reparables. No retire las cubiertas de la unidadde CD-ROM.

PELIGRO

Algunas unidades de CD-ROM tienenincorporado un diodo de láser de Clase 3A ode Clase 3B Tenga en cuenta la siguienteinformación.

Cuando la unidad está abierta se generanemisiones de rayos láser. No dirija la miradaal haz, no lo observe directamente coninstrumentos ópticos y evite la exposicióndirecta.


percaución:Alce la máquina con cuidado; el sobrepeso podríacausar alguna lesión.

percaución:La corriente eléctrica de los cables decomunicaciones, de teléfono y de alimentación puederesultar peligrosa. Para evitar posibles lesiones odaños del aparato, desconecte los cables dealimentación, los sistemas de telecomunicaciones, lasredes y los módems antes de abrir las cubiertas delservidor, salvo que se indique lo contrario en lasinstrucciones de las operaciones de instalación yconfiguración.

32 kg 55 kg


Safety informationThe following section contains the safety information thatyou need to be familiar with before servicing an IBMmobile computer.

General safetyFollow these rules to ensure general safety:

Observe good housekeeping in the area of themachines during and after maintenance.When lifting any heavy object:1. Ensure you can stand safely without slipping.2. Distribute the weight of the object equally

between your feet.3. Use a slow lifting force. Never move suddenly

or twist when you attempt to lift.4. Lift by standing or by pushing up with your leg

muscles; this action removes the strain from themuscles in your back. Do not attempt to lift anyobjects that weigh more than 16 kg (35 lb) orobjects that you think are too heavy for you.

Do not perform any action that causes hazards to thecustomer, or that makes the equipment unsafe.Before you start the machine, ensure that otherservice representatives and the customer's personnelare not in a hazardous position.Place removed covers and other parts in a safeplace, away from all personnel, while you areservicing the machine.Keep your tool case away from walk areas so thatother people will not trip over it.Do not wear loose clothing that can be trapped in themoving parts of a machine. Ensure that your sleevesare fastened or rolled up above your elbows. If yourhair is long, fasten it.Insert the ends of your necktie or scarf inside clothingor fasten it with a nonconductive clip, approximately 8centimeters (3 inches) from the end.Do not wear jewelry, chains, metal-frame eyeglasses,or metal fasteners for your clothing.

Remember: Metal objects are good electricalconductors.Wear safety glasses when you are: hammering,drilling soldering, cutting wire, attaching springs, usingsolvents, or working in any other conditions that mightbe hazardous to your eyes.After service, reinstall all safety shields, guards,labels, and ground wires. Replace any safety devicethat is worn or defective.Reinstall all covers correctly before returning themachine to the customer.


Electrical safetyObserve the following rules when working on electricalequipment.

Important

Use only approved tools and test equipment. Somehand tools have handles covered with a soft materialthat does not insulate you when working with liveelectrical currents.

Many customers have, near their equipment, rubberfloor mats that contain small conductive fibers todecrease electrostatic discharges. Do not use thistype of mat to protect yourself from electrical shock.

Find the room emergency power-off (EPO) switch,disconnecting switch, or electrical outlet. If anelectrical accident occurs, you can then operate theswitch or unplug the power cord quickly.Do not work alone under hazardous conditions ornear equipment that has hazardous voltages.Disconnect all power before:– Performing a mechanical inspection– Working near power supplies– Removing or installing main units

Before you start to work on the machine, unplug thepower cord. If you cannot unplug it, ask the customerto power-off the wall box that supplies power to themachine and to lock the wall box in the off position.If you need to work on a machine that has exposedelectrical circuits, observe the following precautions:– Ensure that another person, familiar with the

power-off controls, is near you.

Remember: Another person must be there toswitch off the power, if necessary.

– Use only one hand when working withpowered-on electrical equipment; keep the otherhand in your pocket or behind your back.

Remember: There must be a complete circuit tocause electrical shock. By observing the aboverule, you may prevent a current from passingthrough your body.

– When using testers, set the controls correctlyand use the approved probe leads andaccessories for that tester.

– Stand on suitable rubber mats (obtained locally,if necessary) to insulate you from grounds suchas metal floor strips and machine frames.

Observe the special safety precautions when youwork with very high voltages; these instructions are inthe safety sections of maintenance information. Useextreme care when measuring high voltages.


Regularly inspect and maintain your electrical handtools for safe operational condition.Do not use worn or broken tools and testers.Never assume that power has been disconnectedfrom a circuit. First, check that it has beenpowered-off.Always look carefully for possible hazards in yourwork area. Examples of these hazards are moistfloors, nongrounded power extension cables, powersurges, and missing safety grounds.Do not touch live electrical circuits with the reflectivesurface of a plastic dental mirror. The surface isconductive; such touching can cause personal injuryand machine damage.Do not service the following parts with the power onwhen they are removed from their normal operatingplaces in a machine:– Power supply units

– Pumps– Blowers and fans

– Motor generators

and similar units. (This practice ensures correctgrounding of the units.)If an electrical accident occurs:– Use caution; do not become a victim

yourself.– Switch off power.– Send another person to get medical aid.

Asset ID allows the computer to be scanned byvarious radio frequency emitting devices supplied byindependent companies. Asset ID is intended for useonly with radio frequency equipment that meetsANSI/IEEE C95.1 1992 RF Radiation Limits.

Safety Inspection GuideThe intent of this inspection guide is to assist you inidentifying potentially unsafe conditions on these products.Each machine, as it was designed and built, had requiredsafety items installed to protect users and servicepersonnel from injury. This guide addresses only thoseitems. However, good judgment should be used to identifypotential safety hazards due to attachment of non-IBMfeatures or options not covered by this inspection guide.

If any unsafe conditions are present, you must determinehow serious the apparent hazard could be and whetheryou can continue without first correcting the problem.

Consider these conditions and the safety hazards theypresent:

Electrical hazards, especially primary power (primaryvoltage on the frame can cause serious or fatalelectrical shock).


Explosive hazards, such as a damaged CRT face orbulging capacitorMechanical hazards, such as loose or missinghardware

The guide consists of a series of steps presented in achecklist. Begin the checks with the power off, and thepower cord disconnected.

Checklist:

1. Check exterior covers for damage (loose, broken, orsharp edges).

2. Power-off the computer. Disconnect the power cord.3. Check the power cord for:

a. A third-wire ground connector in good condition.Use a meter to measure third-wire groundcontinuity for 0.1 ohm or less between theexternal ground pin and frame ground.

b. The power cord should be the appropriate typeas specified in the parts listings.

c. Insulation must not be frayed or worn.4. Remove the cover.5. Check for any obvious non-IBM alterations. Use

good judgment as to the safety of any non-IBMalterations.

6. Check inside the unit for any obvious unsafeconditions, such as metal filings, contamination, wateror other liquids, or signs of fire or smoke damage.

7. Check for worn, frayed, or pinched cables.8. Check that the power-supply cover fasteners (screws

or rivets) have not been removed or tampered with.


Handling electrostaticdischarge-sensitive devicesAny computer part containing transistors or integratedcircuits (ICs) should be considered sensitive to electrostaticdischarge (ESD). ESD damage can occur when there is adifference in charge between objects. Protect against ESDdamage by equalizing the charge so that the machine, thepart, the work mat, and the person handling the part are allat the same charge.

Notes:

1. Use product-specific ESD procedures when theyexceed the requirements noted here.

2. Make sure that the ESD protective devices you usehave been certified (ISO 9000) as fully effective.

When handling ESD-sensitive parts:

Keep the parts in protective packages until they areinserted into the product.Avoid contact with other people.Wear a grounded wrist strap against your skin toeliminate static on your body.Prevent the part from touching your clothing. Mostclothing is insulative and retains a charge even whenyou are wearing a wrist strap.Use the black side of a grounded work mat to providea static-free work surface. The mat is especiallyuseful when handling ESD-sensitive devices.Use the ESD ground cord, FRU 25F9727, to protectthe computer against ESD.Select a grounding system, such as those listedbelow, to provide protection that meets the specificservice requirement.

Note: The use of a grounding system is desirablebut not required to protect against ESDdamage.

– Attach the ESD ground clip to any frame ground,ground braid, or green-wire ground.

– Use an ESD common ground or reference pointwhen working on a double-insulated orbattery-operated system. You can use coax orconnector-outside shells on these systems.

– Use the round ground-prong of the AC plug onAC-operated computers.

Grounding requirementsElectrical grounding of the computer is required foroperator safety and correct system function. Propergrounding of the electrical outlet can be verified by acertified electrician.


Miscellaneous informationAcronyms, Abbreviations and Terms

Term Information

ACPA/A Audio Capture and Playback AdapterADP Automatic Data ProcessingAGP Advanced Graphics PortAlt AlternateANSI American National Standards InstituteARTIC A Real Time Interface CoprocessorASCII American National Standard Code for Interface

InterchangeAT Advanced Technology (as in AT Bus)AVC Audio Video ConnectionBIOS Basic Input/Output System (Controls System

Resources)bps Bits Per SecondBPS Bytes Per SecondCCITT The International Telephone and Telegraph

Consultative CommitteeCCS Common Command SetCCSB Common Complete Status BlockCCSB Configuration Control Sub BoardCD Compact DiscCDPD Cellular Digital Packet DataCD-ROM CD Read Only Memory (stores data/audio)CGA Color Graphics Adapter (See EGA, VGA, XGA)CRC Cyclic Redundancy CheckCRT Cathode Ray TubeCSA Canadian Standards AssociationCSD Corrective Service DisketteDASD Direct Access Storage Device (hard disk, diskette)DMA Direct Memory AccessDRAM Dynamic Random Access MemoryECA Engineering Change AnnouncementECC Error Correction CodeEGA Enhanced Graphics AdapterESD Electrostatic DischargeESDI Enhanced Small Device InterfaceEEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only

MemoryEWS Energy Work StationFRU Field Replaceable Unit (replaceable part)GPIB General Purpose Interface Bus (IEEE 348)GSA General Services AdministrationHt HeightIDE Integrated Drive ElectronicsIC Integrated CircuitIEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics EngineersIEC International Electrotechnical CommissionIML Initial Machine LoadIPL Initial Program LoadISA Industry Standard ArchitectureISO International Organization for StandardizationISDN Integrated-Services Digital NetworkLAN Local Area NetworkLBA Local Block AddressLTB Local Transfer BusLUN Logical Unit Number (as in SCSI)MAP Maintenance Analysis Procedure


Term Information

MCGA Modified Color Graphics Adapter (320 x 200 x 256)

MCA Micro Channel Architecture (bus structure)MHz Mega Hertz (million cycles per second)MIDI Musical Instrument Digital InterfaceMM MultimediaN/A Not Available or Not ApplicableNDD National Distribution DivisionNDIS Network Driver Interface SpecificationNMI Non-Maskable InterruptNSC National Support CenterNVRAM Non Volatile Random Access MemoryOEM Original Equipment ManufacturerPCI Peripheral component interconnectPCMCIA Personal Computer Memory Card

International AssociationPOS Programmable Option SelectPUN Physical Unit Number (as in SCSI)RAID Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks

(disk array models)RAM Random Access Memory (read/write)RGB Red Green Blue (as in monitors)RIPL Remote Initial Program LoadROM Read Only MemorySASD Sequential Access Storage Device (Tape)SCB Subsystem Control BlockSCSI Small Computer Systems InterfaceSCSI ID SCSI Identification Number

(assigned device number)SPD Software Product DescriptionSR Service RepresentativeSRAM Static Random Access MemorySVGA Super Video Graphics ArraySTN Super Twisted NematicT/A NDD Technical Advisor

(See your Marketing Representative)TDD Telecommunications Device for the DeafTFT Thin-Film TransistorTPF ThinkPad FileTSR Terminate and Stay ResidentUL Underwriters LaboratoryVCA Video Capture AdapterVESA Video Electronics Standards AssociationVGA Video Graphics Array (640x480x16)VPD Vital Product DataVRAM Video Random Access MemoryWORM Write Once, Read Many MediaXGA Extended Graphics Array (1024 x 768 x 256)Y/C Luminance/Chrominance Signal (Video)


Send us your comments!We want to know your opinion about this manual (partnumber 09N8610). Your input will help us to improve ourpublications.

Please photocopy this survey, complete it, and then fax itto IBM HMM Survey at 919-543-8167 (USA).

Name

Phone Number

1. Do you like this manual?

_____ Yes _____ No

2. What would you like to see added, changed, ordeleted in this manual?

3. What is your service experience level?

_____ Less than five years

_____ More than five years

4. Which computers do you service most?

Thanks in advance for your response!


Do you need technical references?We have a wide range of hardware technical referencesthat provide in-depth information about IBM personalcomputer products. Our Technical Reference Libraryincludes information about:

Micro Channel, Setup, and Subsystem Control Blockarchitectures

Common interfaces (including microprocessors,system timers, parallel and serial port controllers,keyboards and keystrokes, SCSI, DMA, video, andmore)

Specific Personal System/2 systems (includingsystem board connectors, jumpers, memorysubsystems, I/O subsystems, programming interfacesand registers, and error codes)

Basic input/output system (BIOS)

Options and adapters

Note

Technical information manuals for the latestCommercial Desktop computers are available on theWorld Wide Web at:

http://www.ibm.com/pc/us/cdt/hmm.html

These publications can be viewed online inBookManager format, or they can be downloaded asPostScript files.


Problem determination tipsDue to the variety of hardware and software combinationsthat can be encountered, use the following information toassist you in problem determination.

Verify any recent hardware changes. See “Hardwareconsiderations” on page 444.Verify any recent software changes. See “Softwareconsiderations” on page 445.Verify the BIOS is at the latest level. See “BIOS” onpage 445.Verify the drivers are at latest levels. See “Drivers”on page 445.Verify the Configuration matches hardware. See“System resource conflicts” on page 446.Verify the Diagnostic diskette is at latest level. See“File updates” on page 444.

As you go through problem determination, consider thesequestions:

Do diagnostics fail?What, when, where, single, or multiple systems?Is the failure repeatable?Has this configuration ever worked?If it has been working, what changes were made priorto it failing?Is this the original reported failure?

Important

To eliminate confusion, systems are consideredidentical only if they:

1. Are the exact machine type and model2. Have the same BIOS level3. Have the same adapters/attachments in the

same locations4. Have the same address

jumpers/terminators/cabling5. Have the same software versions and levels6. Have the same Reference/Diagnostics Diskette

(version)7. Have the same configuration options set in the

system8. Have the same setup for the operation system

control files

Comparing the configuration and software set-upbetween “working and non-working” systems will oftenlead to problem resolution.


File updatesUse the World Wide Web (WWW) to download Diagnostic,BIOS Flash, and Device Driver files.

For PC Series 300/700 and IntelliStation systems, theWWW address is:

http://www.pc.ibm.com/us/files.html

For IBM PC Servers, the WWW address is:

http://www.pc.ibm.com/us/servers/

Hardware considerationsUse the following tools to help identify and resolvehardware-related problems:

Power-on self-test (POST)POST Beep codes

Test programs Error messages

POST does the following:

Checks some basic system board operationsChecks the memory operationStarts the video operationVerifies that the diskette drive is workingVerifies that the hard disk drive is working

Use the test programs that come with this HMM or with thesystem you are servicing to test the IBM components ofthe system and some external devices. Also, from theDOS command or from OS/2 Utilities, use the CHKDSKcommand to check and repair hard disk data allocationerrors.

Error messages generated by the software, (the operatingsystem or application programs), generally are textmessages, however, error messages can be text, numeric,or both text and numeric.

Any time there is an error message indicating a problemwith the system, follow the General Checkout proceduresin this HMM to resolve the problem.

Basically, there are five types of error messages:

POST error messages are displayed when thePOST finds problems with the hardware or detects achange in the hardware configuration.POST Beep codes are sounds emitted from thespeaker if the POST finds a problem. One beepindicates the POST completed successfully. Multiplebeeps indicate a problem was found.Diagnostic error messages are displayed when atest program finds a problem with a hardwarecomponent.


Software-generated error messages are displayed ifa problem or conflict is found by an applicationprogram, the operating system, or both. For anexplanation of these messages, refer to theinformation supplied with the installed softwarepackage. Also, refer to “Software considerations.”Multiple messages occur when the first error causesadditional errors. Follow the suggested action of thefirst error displayed.

Software considerationsSuspect a software failure if:

Hardware diagnostics run error-free.Swapping hardware components fails to isolate theproblem.

A software problem might be the result of a mismatchbetween the hardware and the operating systemdevice drivers or direct drivers.

BIOS: The BIOS acts as an interface between thesystem hardware, application software, and theoperating system.

BIOS contains the instructions to operate the basic systemcomponents:

KeyboardSerial and parallel ports

Diskette driveHard disk drive

VGA display Clock Memory controller

The BIOS then starts the IPL or Boot functions.

Drivers: Device drivers are the BIOS for additionalhardware. Device drivers are the communicators of thehardware assignments to the operating system, including:

IRQ level DMA channel I/O address

ROM or RAM

Some device drivers like HIMEM.SYS are positionsensitive and must be placed before other device drivers inthe CONFIG.SYS file.

All device drivers are not found in the CONFIG.SYS file.Advanced operating systems use .INI files to setup andstart devices.

Device drivers can access the hardware five ways.

Operating system direct to hardware using adirect driver. Direct drivers, which bypass BIOS,


have the advantage of faster throughput, but thedisadvantage of limited error-handling capability andreduced software and hardware compatibility andflexibility. This method is not used in the IBM PCSeries systems.Operating system to BIOS to hardware. This is therecommended way. It's the most flexible because it'sindependent of the hardware.Applications to operating system to BIOS tohardware. This method is inflexible and operatingsystem dependent.Applications to BIOS to hardware. This methodhas some flexibility but it is BIOS dependent.Applications to hardware. This method is hardwaredependent and very inflexible, however, it is very fast,very efficient, and it has no overhead.

Adding adapters to the systemWhen adapters are added to the system, an area inmemory has to be allocated to run its programs. This canbe done with either hardware switches or softwaremapping.

If there is a conflict in software mapping:

The first device to attach to an IRQ, DMA, I/OAddress, or RAM location will probably function. Thesecond device will not be found.Standalone diagnostics might function properlybecause the device that was found is the only devicerunning.

Software configuration conflicts occur when:

Hardware is configured differently then the softwareusing it expects it to be.Hardware memory address space is in conflict withmemory used by the application software.

System resource conflictsSystem failures occur when there are system resourceconflicts with the:

Interrupt Request Queue (IRQ)Direct Memory Access (DMA)

I/O AddressROM and RAM Addresses

IRQ:

Assigns a unique interrupt request line to every I/Odevice (line numbers range from 0 to 15).Interrupts the processor to force it to service therequest.Handles interrupts on a priority basis (low numbershave the highest priority).Queues interrupt request.


IRQ conflicts occur when there are multiple assignmentsto the same interrupt level. If there is an IRQ conflict,the system will hang. Use the systems diagnostics tocheck for multiple assignments to the same interrupt levelbefore replacing any hardware component.

DMA:

Accesses the memory by bypassing theprocessor, which allows the processor more time forapplications and programs.Accesses memory directly from the serial and parallelports on some systems.Accesses memory directly from some adaptersusing a DMA channel, which allows the adapter tooperate faster.Provides from 4 to 15 DMA channels, the numbervaries depending on the system.

If multiple assignments of the same DMA channeloccur, the system will hang. Use the system diagnosticsto check for multiple assignments to the same DMAchannel before replacing any hardware components.

I/O Address:

A unique I/O address is assigned to each systemcomponent.

If multiple assignments of the same I/O address occur, thesystem will hang. Use the DOS MEM command to checkfor multiple assignments to the same I/O address beforereplacing any hardware component.

ROM and RAM Addresses:

Adapter cards with processors can contain RAM and ROM.If the adapter cards have onboard memory, the:

ROM contains operating instructions for the adapterI/O.RAM is used for buffering.

Two adapters using the same memory area will causea failure. This failure might appear as a hardware failure.

The IRQ levels, DMA channels, I/O address, and ROMand RAM addresses all become potential conflicts andsystem problems. When conflicts arise, they might showup as system hangs, lost or missing devices, incorrect orbad data, or failing diagnostics. Always eliminateconflicts in these areas before replacing any hardwarecomponents.


U.S. Authorized Dealers or Servicers

U.S. Customers and Helpware Subscribers

Note

Calls from outside the U.S. will be chargedinternational call rates.

Number Information

800-528-7705 Bulletin Board Service - TSS Only800-937-3737 IBM Business Partner Education800-426-2472 IBM Customer Engineer Technical

Support800-IBM-DEAL IBM Dealer Support Center800-342-6672 IBM Direct Desktop Software Sales303-924-4015 IBM Part Number ID and Look Up800-426-7763 IBM PC HelpCenter800-237-5511 IBM Software Defect Support (CSDs)800-327-5711 IBM Software Ordering (Publications)800-426-1484 IBM Supplies Technical Hotline800-388-7080 IBM Warranty Parts Claims Center

Number Information

800-426-8322 Customer Education Business Unit800-999-0052 Customized Operational Services800-237-4824 EduQuest (Educational Computers)800-964-8523 End User HelpDesk Support800-742-2493 IBM Anti-Virus Services800-447-4700 IBM Authorized Dealer Referrals800-426-2468 IBM Dealer Referral800-426-3333 IBM Information Referral Service800-IBM-SERV IBM Service800-772-2227 IBM PC HelpCenter and HelpDesk800-426-7282 IBM Technical Manuals800-426-9402 (Ext. 150)

Multimedia Information Center

800-241-1620 Multimedia HelpCenter800-342-6672 OS/2 Information Line800-237-5511 OS/2 Support Services800-284-5933 Prodigy914-962-0310 Prodigy User Questions800-547-1283 Technical Coordinator Program

SystemXtra for Personal SystemsLAN Automated Distribution/2OS/2 Bulletin BoardOS/2 Application Assistance Center

800-551-2832 Technical Solutions Magazine


IBM Canada Customer and Servicer Support

Number Information

800-661-PSMT Business Partner Marketing Support905-316-5556 Business Partner Marketing Support -

Toronto514-938-6048 Business Partner Marketing Support -

French800-465-4YOU Customer Relations800-IBM-SERV Customer Service Dispatch800-263-2769 Customer Service Parts800-465-2222 Customer Support Center (ISC)416-443-5701 Customer Service Repair Centre800-505-1855 Dealer Support Group (DSG)800-465-7999 HelpClub Registration / IBM Direct800-465-3299 HelpFax905-316-3299 HelpFax - Toronto800-565-3344 HelpPC905-513-3355 IBM Certification Administrator

Mail to: 50 Acadia DriveMarkham, Ontario L3R 0B3

800-661-2131 IBM Education (A+ Course)800-268-3100 IBM Information Network Support800-387-8343 IBM PC Service Partners800-487-7426 International Warranty Registration800-663-7662 Lexmark Product Information800-IBM-9990 PartnerLine800-263-2769 Parts Orders, Exchange or Emergency416-443-5808 (Fax)

Parts Regular Orders, Exchange

416-443-5755 Parts Orders, Inquiries514-938-3022 PC Co Bulletin Board - Montreal905-316-4255 PC Co Bulletin Board - Markham604-664-6464 PC Co Bulletin Board - Vancouver204-934-2735 PC Co Bulletin Board - Winnepeg800-661-7768 PS Marketing Support (PSMT)800-565-3344 PS/1 Warranty Customer Helpline800-387-8483 PS/1 Warranty Service (DOAs)800-465-1234 Publications Ordering905-316-4148 Service Management Support905-316-4100 (Fax)

Service Management Support

905-316-4150 Service (Warranty) Manager905-316-4100 (Fax)

Service (Warranty) Manager

905-316-4872 Service Quality Programs905-316-4100 (Fax)

Service Quality Programs

800-661-2131 Skill Dynamics (Education)800-565-3344 ThinkPad EasyServe416-443-5835 (Fax)

Warranty Claim Fulfillment

905-316-2445 Warranty Claim Reimbursement905-316-3515 (Fax)

Warranty Claim Reimbursement

416-443-5778 Warranty Claim Parts Inquiry800-505-1855 Warranty Provider Support Hotline800-267-7472 Warranty Service, ThinkPad


NoticesReferences in this publication to IBM products, programs,or services do not imply that IBM intends to make theseavailable in all countries in which IBM operates. Anyreference to an IBM product, program, or service is notintended to state or imply that only that IBM product,program, or service may be used. Subject to IBM’s validintellectual property or other legally protectable rights, anyfunctionally equivalent product, program, or service may beused instead of the IBM product, program, or service. Theevaluation and verification of operation in conjunction withother products, except those expressly designated by IBM,are the responsibility of the user.

IBM may have patents or pending patent applicationscovering subject matter in this document. The furnishingof this document does not give you any license to thesepatents. You can send license inquiries, in writing, to:

IBM Director of Licensing IBM Corporation

North Castle Drive Armonk, NY 10504-1785 U.S.A.


TrademarksThe following terms are trademarks of the InternationalBusiness Machines Corporation in the United States and/orother countries:

ActionMedia, Celeron, LANDesk, MMX, Pentium, andProShare are trademarks or registered trademarks of IntelCorporation in the U.S. and other countries.

Microsoft, Windows, Windows NT, and the Windows logoare registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.

Other company, product, and service names used in thispublication may be trademarks or service marks of others.

Aptiva Asset ID ATBookManager Business Partner EduQuestFaxConcentrator HelpCenter HelpClubHelpFax HelpWare IBMIntelliStation Micro Channel NetViewOS/2 PC 300 PC 700Personal System/2 Portmaster PS/1PS/2 PS/ValuePoint Rapid ResumeSelectaSystem Skill Dynamics SystemViewSystemXtra ThinkPad TrackPointTrackPoint II Wake on LAN XGA



IBMPart Number: 09N8610

Printed in U.S.A.

S N-4 19- 2

Documents

IBM ion M Pro Type 6868 Hardware Maintenance Manual